WO2025213968A1 - Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product - Google Patents
Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and computer program productInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025213968A1 WO2025213968A1 PCT/CN2025/078892 CN2025078892W WO2025213968A1 WO 2025213968 A1 WO2025213968 A1 WO 2025213968A1 CN 2025078892 W CN2025078892 W CN 2025078892W WO 2025213968 A1 WO2025213968 A1 WO 2025213968A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- communication device
- information
- data
- terminal device
- communication
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/185—Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a communication method, device, storage medium, and computer program product.
- NR fifth-generation new radio
- R revision
- NR technology has entered the commercial deployment phase, moving from standardization.
- the NR standard protocol is a wireless communication technology designed for terrestrial cellular network scenarios, providing users with wireless communication services featuring ultra-low latency, ultra-reliability, ultra-high speeds, and an excessive number of connections.
- NTN non-terrestrial networks
- NTN communications utilize networking equipment such as drones, high-altitude platforms, and satellites to provide data transmission, voice communication, and other services to user equipment (UE).
- the present application provides a communication method, device, storage medium, and computer program product for sending different data to the same terminal device on the same resources through multiple communication devices, thereby improving the throughput of the communication system.
- the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a terminal device.
- the terminal device can include a terminal device or a chip system inside the terminal device.
- a terminal device receives first information from a first communication device.
- the first information includes information about a second communication device, and the first information is used to assist the terminal device in receiving a synchronization signal from the second communication device.
- the terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device.
- the terminal device receives third data.
- the third data includes first data and second data, with the first data occupying a first resource.
- the second data occupies the first resource, with the first data originating from the first communication device and the second data originating from the second communication device.
- the terminal device obtains the first data and the second data from the third data.
- multiple communication devices e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device
- can use the same resources e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- transmit different data e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be greater than the cyclic prefix, or may be less than or equal to the cyclic prefix.
- the terminal device can also better recover the data sent by each communication device from the received data. Based on this, it can be seen that in the solution provided by the implementation of this application, regardless of whether the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices arriving at the terminal device is small or large, the embodiment of this application can be applied.
- the embodiment of this application can also be applied to the NTN network.
- the solution provided by this application can reduce the restrictions on the satellite device sending data, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side, and then improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the NTN communication system.
- a terminal device can maintain synchronization with multiple communication devices, but the terminal device can establish a radio resource control (RRC) connection with the first communication device, without establishing an RRC connection with other communication devices.
- RRC radio resource control
- the terminal device receives a first synchronization signal from the first communication device and then establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device.
- the terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device and does not establish an RRC connection with the second communication device.
- RRC radio resource control
- the communication device that establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device can also be referred to as a primary communication device (e.g., a primary satellite device); other communication devices that do not establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, but for which the terminal device maintains downlink synchronization, can be referred to as secondary communication devices (e.g., secondary satellite devices).
- a primary communication device e.g., a primary satellite device
- secondary communication devices e.g., secondary satellite devices
- the first information may include information about the second communication device.
- the first information may be used to assist the terminal device in receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device.
- the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device and the complexity of receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device, thereby improving the efficiency of successfully receiving the synchronization signal.
- the first information includes information used to indicate at least one of the following: an index of information of the second communication device; ephemeris information of the second communication device; a cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device; a measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device; a frequency of a synchronization signal of the second communication device; polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device; and sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
- the terminal device sends second information to the first communication device.
- the second information indicates that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode and/or the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device that send data to the terminal device on the same resource.
- the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to a terminal device on the same resource.
- the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resource, and a difference between downlink timings corresponding to data sent by two of the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resource is greater than a cyclic prefix.
- the first communication device can determine the capabilities of the terminal device based on the content of the second information, that is, whether the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode. The first communication device can then configure the data transmission mode for the terminal device based on the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, the first communication device can configure multiple communication devices to transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources for a terminal device that supports the first data transmission mode, so as to improve the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system. For another example, the first communication device can configure a single communication device to transmit data for a terminal device that does not support the first data transmission mode, so as to avoid the data transmission mode exceeding the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby causing data transmission failure.
- the first communication device configures different data transmission modes for the terminal device based on the capabilities of each terminal device. For example, the number of communication devices configured by the first communication device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource may not exceed the capability range of the terminal device, thereby preventing the occurrence of communication failures.
- the more communication devices supported by the terminal device the more communication devices the first communication device can configure for the terminal device. It can be seen that the first communication device can be flexibly configured in combination with the capabilities of each terminal device, so that the solution can be better compatible with terminal devices of different capabilities, thereby maximizing the throughput and/or communication spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
- the terminal device transmits third information.
- the third information indicates at least one of the following: the terminal device has detected a synchronization signal from a second communication device; or the terminal device has established downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device.
- the terminal device may transmit the third information to indicate to the first communication device which communication devices the terminal device can receive data from, thereby enabling the first communication device to configure a communication device for the terminal device that can transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources.
- the third information includes at least one of the following: an index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, an identifier of the second communication device, an identifier of a cell corresponding to the second communication device, and measurement result information corresponding to the second communication device.
- the measurement result information may, for example, include at least one of a signal detection result, link quality, channel quality, and signal quality.
- the first communication device can search for an association between the index and the communication device based on the index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, and then determine that the communication device corresponding to the index is the communication device that detected the synchronization signal or established downlink timing synchronization with the terminal device.
- This solution can reduce the number of bits occupied by the information in the third information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
- the first communication device can know the link quality corresponding to the second communication device, and then can configure the auxiliary communication device for the terminal device in combination with the link quality.
- the communication device with better link quality can be configured as the auxiliary communication device, thereby improving the communication performance.
- the terminal device receives fourth information.
- the fourth information includes information for indicating the second communication device, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device send data to the terminal device on the same resource. Based on the fourth information, the terminal device maintains synchronization with the downlink timing of the second communication device.
- the communication device indicated by the fourth information can be understood as an activated communication device, or a communication device set as an auxiliary communication device. It can be seen from this scheme that the first communication device can select some or all of the communication devices from the communication devices from which the terminal device can receive synchronization signals as auxiliary communication devices (for example, they can be selected based on link quality) so that they can subsequently send data to the terminal device on the same resource together with the auxiliary communication device.
- the first communication device can select an auxiliary communication device for activation, the first communication device can select a more suitable communication device as the auxiliary communication device based on multiple factors.
- the auxiliary communication device can be selected based on information such as the load amount and/or link quality of the auxiliary communication device. This scheme can improve communication performance.
- the fourth information further instructs the terminal device to select a first data processing mode for receiving data from the first communication device and the second communication device.
- the first data processing mode is capable of processing data transmitted via the first data transmission mode. If the fourth information indicates the data processing mode of the terminal device, the terminal device may process the received data using an appropriate data processing mode based on the fourth information, thereby increasing the probability of correct data reception and thereby improving communication performance.
- the terminal device receives fifth information.
- the fifth information instructs the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device on the same resources as the first communication device.
- the terminal device then stops maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device.
- the communication device indicated by the fifth information can be understood as a deactivated communication device, or a communication device that no longer belongs to the auxiliary communication device.
- the terminal device can stop maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device. This can reduce the complexity of the solution.
- the first communication device is a first satellite device
- the second communication device is a second satellite device.
- the solutions provided in this application are applicable regardless of whether the time difference between data from multiple communication devices reaching a terminal device is small or large. Furthermore, in an NTN network, the difference between the downlink timings of multiple satellite devices may be greater than the CP, meaning that the time difference between data from multiple satellite devices reaching a terminal device may be large. Therefore, the solutions provided in this application are also applicable to NTN networks.
- the solutions provided in this application can reduce restrictions on data transmission by satellite devices, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the NTN communication system.
- the terminal device obtains the first data from the third data. Based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal, the terminal device obtains fourth data, where the fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel. The terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain fifth data. The terminal device obtains the second data from the fifth data.
- the above solution can eliminate interference between signals sent to the terminal device by multiple communication devices. Furthermore, the above interference elimination method can better obtain data sent by multiple communication devices from the received superimposed signal.
- the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a first communication device.
- the first communication device may include a network device or a chip system inside the network device.
- the first communication device may include a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.
- the first communication device may include a ground station or a chip (or chip system) inside the ground station.
- the ground station may, for example, include a network device deployed on the ground (such as an access network device).
- a first communication device sends first information.
- the first information includes information about a second communication device, and the first information is used to assist a terminal device in receiving a synchronization signal from the second communication device.
- the first communication device sends first data to a terminal device over a first resource, and the first resource is also used by the second communication device to send second data to the terminal device.
- multiple communication devices e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device
- can use the same resources e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- transmit different data e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- a first communication device sends configuration information of a first resource to a second communication device.
- the second communication device can then determine the first resource based on the configuration information and subsequently send data to the terminal device over the first resource.
- the first communication device can directly determine which resources are shared by multiple communication devices for data transmission, reducing the complexity of the solution for the first communication device.
- the first communication device sends the second data to the second communication device.
- the first communication device can distribute the data sent by other communication devices to the terminal device.
- the first communication device can more reasonably distribute the data sent by each communication device to the terminal device based on factors such as workload and link quality, thereby improving communication performance.
- a first communication device sends information indicating a first area to a second communication device.
- the terminal device is located in the first area.
- the information indicating the first area includes: wave position information within the first area, and/or location information of the terminal device.
- the information indicating the first area is used to enable the second communication device to send a synchronization signal to the first area.
- the second communication device can determine the area where the terminal device is located, and then can send a synchronization signal to the area to enable the terminal device to subsequently maintain synchronization with the second communication device.
- the first communication device sends sixth information to the second communication device, wherein the sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device using the same resource as the first communication device.
- the sixth information is further used to cause the second communication device to stop sending synchronization signals to the area where the terminal device is located.
- the second communication device may stop sending synchronization signals to the area where the terminal device is located, thereby reducing power consumption of the second communication device.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device is greater than the cyclic prefix.
- the relevant content and beneficial effects of the first information can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned first aspect or possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
- the first communication device receives the second information.
- the relevant content and beneficial effects of the second information are described in the above-mentioned first aspect or the possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
- the first communication device receives third information.
- third information For relevant content and beneficial effects of the third information, refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
- the first communication device sends fourth information.
- fourth information please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
- the first communication device sends fifth information.
- fifth information please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
- the first communication device is a first satellite device
- the second communication device is a second satellite device.
- the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a second communication device.
- the second communication device may include a network device or a chip system inside the network device.
- the second communication device may include a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.
- the second communication device may include a ground station or a chip (or chip system) inside the ground station.
- the ground station may, for example, include a network device deployed on the ground (such as an access network device).
- the second communication device sends a second synchronization signal.
- the second communication device sends second data to the terminal device on the first resource, and the first resource is also used by the first communication device to send first data to the terminal device.
- multiple communication devices e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device
- can use the same resources e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- transmit different data e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources
- the second communication device receives the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
- the second communication device receives the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
- the second communication device receives information indicating a first area, and the terminal device is located in the first area.
- the second communication device transmits a second synchronization signal to the first area.
- the information indicating the first area includes: wave position information within the first area, and/or location information of the terminal device.
- the second communication device receives sixth information.
- the sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device using a first transmission mode, where the first transmission mode includes the second communication device and the first communication device sending data to the terminal device using the same resources.
- the second communication device stops sending the second synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device is greater than the cyclic prefix.
- a communication device which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device.
- the communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- the communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving.
- the communication unit may be referred to as a transceiver unit.
- the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
- the communication device is a communication chip
- the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores
- the communication unit may be an input/output circuit, an input/output interface, or an antenna port of the communication chip.
- the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
- the communication device further includes modules that can be used to execute any one of the first to third aspects above, or execute any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- a communication device which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device.
- the communication device may include a processor and a memory to perform any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- it also includes a transceiver, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory.
- the communication device performs any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
- the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
- the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
- a communication device can be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device.
- the communication device can include a processor to perform any of the aforementioned aspects 1 to 3, or any possible implementation of the aspects 1 to 3.
- the processor is coupled to a memory.
- the communication device also includes a memory.
- the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
- the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
- the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
- the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin, or related circuits on the chip or chip system.
- the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
- a system which includes the above-mentioned terminal device.
- the system may further include a first communication device and a second communication device.
- a computer program product which includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when executed, enables a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
- a computer-readable storage medium which stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions).
- a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions.
- the computer program When the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or executes any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- a processing device comprising: an interface circuit and a processing circuit.
- the interface circuit may include an input circuit and an output circuit.
- the processing circuit is configured to receive signals via the input circuit and transmit signals via the output circuit, thereby implementing any of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
- the processing device may be a chip
- the input circuit may be an input pin
- the output circuit may be an output pin
- the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a trigger, or various logic circuits.
- the input signal received by the input circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, received and input by a receiver
- the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter.
- the input circuit and the output circuit may be the same circuit, which functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.
- the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device.
- the communication device may be a component of a terminal device, a first communication device, or a second communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system-on-chip (SoC) or a communication chip.
- the interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin, or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
- the processing circuit may be a logic circuit on the chip.
- FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1D is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1E is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1F is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1G is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of possible information transmitted by multiple communication devices reaching a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of a possible method for a terminal device to obtain data provided by an embodiment of the present application
- FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 is another schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the resources in the embodiments of the present application may include, for example, time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.
- Time domain resources may include at least one of a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot or a symbol (for example, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), discrete Fourier transform (DFT) spread OFDM (DFT-spread OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM), orthogonal time frequency and space (OTFS), etc.).
- OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
- DFT discrete Fourier transform
- OTFS orthogonal time frequency and space
- a time domain unit may include a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a mini-slot, or an OFDM symbol.
- a time domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple radio frames, multiple subframes, multiple time slots, multiple mini-slots, or multiple OFDM symbols.
- a radio frame may include multiple subframes, a subframe may include one or more time slots, and a time slot may include at least one symbol.
- a radio frame may include multiple time slots, and a time slot may include at least one symbol.
- an OFDM symbol may also be simply referred to as a symbol.
- the length of each symbol can be different, and therefore the time slot length can be different.
- a time slot length corresponding to a 15kHz subcarrier spacing is 0.5ms
- a time slot length corresponding to a 60kHz subcarrier spacing is 0.125ms, and so on.
- the time domain unit can also be replaced by: a time domain resource unit or a time domain unit, etc.
- frequency domain resources may include one or more frequency domain units.
- a frequency domain unit may be a resource block (RB), a physical resource block (PRB), a subcarrier, a resource block group (RBG), a predefined subband, a precoding resource block group (PRG), a resource pool, a bandwidth part (BWP), a resource element (RE) (also known as a resource unit or resource particle), a carrier, or a serving cell.
- PRB and RB are interchangeable.
- a resource pool may include one or more resources, which may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or spatial domain resources. The number and size of resources included in a resource pool may be predetermined or configured by signaling.
- Subcarrier or RE refers to a minimum frequency domain unit on a specific symbol in a multi-carrier system.
- Subcarrier spacing is the spacing value between the center position or peak position of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain in an OFDM system.
- SCS Subcarrier spacing
- the baseline is 15kHz, which can be 15kHz ⁇ 2n, where n is an integer from 3.75, 7.5 to 480kHz.
- RE may refer to a resource unit of time-frequency resources, for example, it can be regarded as the smallest time-frequency resource unit.
- subcarriers and RE can be used interchangeably, and their contents are the same.
- a subchannel is the smallest unit of frequency domain resources occupied by the physical sidelink shared channel.
- a subchannel can include one or more resource blocks (RBs).
- the bandwidth of a wireless communication system in the frequency domain can include multiple RBs.
- the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) included can be 6, 15, 25, 50, and so on.
- an RB can include several subcarriers.
- an RB includes 12 subcarriers, where each subcarrier is spaced 15 kHz apart.
- other subcarrier spacings can also be used, such as 3.75 kHz, 30 kHz, 60 kHz, or 120 kHz subcarrier spacing, without limitation here.
- a frequency domain unit may include an RE, an RB, a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP).
- a frequency domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple REs, multiple RBs, multiple sub-channels, multiple carriers, or multiple BWPs.
- the channel can be equivalently replaced by a resource block set (RB set), and the frequency domain bandwidth of an RB set can be 20 megahertz (MHz).
- the frequency domain unit may also be replaced by: a frequency domain resource unit or a frequency unit, etc.
- a frequency domain resource set may include one or more frequency domain units.
- a frequency domain resource set may also be referred to as a frequency domain resource collection, a frequency domain resource group, etc.
- a frequency domain resource set may include, for example, a resource block set (RBset), an RB, a subchannel, a resource pool, a carrier, and a BWP.
- the reference signals in the embodiments of the present application may include at least one of a positioning reference signal (PRS), a sounding reference signal (SRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a phase-tracking reference signal (PTRS), or a synchronization signal-physical sidelink broadcast channel block (SSB).
- PRS positioning reference signal
- SRS sounding reference signal
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- DMRS demodulation reference signal
- PTRS phase-tracking reference signal
- SSB synchronization signal-physical sidelink broadcast channel block
- the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as terrestrial communication systems, NTN communication systems, and satellite communication systems.
- the satellite communication system can be integrated with the mobile communication system.
- the mobile communication system can be a fourth-generation (4G) communication system (for example, a long-term evolution (LTE) system), a world-wide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, a fifth-generation (5G) communication system (for example, a new radio (NR) system), and future mobile communication systems.
- 4G fourth-generation
- LTE long-term evolution
- WiMAX world-wide interoperability for microwave access
- 5G fifth-generation
- the mobile communication system can also be a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) system or an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- IoT Internet of Things
- Region e.g., the first region involved in the embodiments of this application: Unless otherwise specified, the term "region" in the following embodiments of this application refers to a geographic region. A region is fixed relative to the Earth, or it can be understood that a region refers to a fixed geographic area relative to the Earth. For example, a region can have at least one of the following attributes: shape, outline, size, radius, area, geographic location, etc.
- a region can be understood as a geographical area of a given altitude or altitude range.
- a region can refer to a geographical area with an altitude of 0 kilometers (km) above sea level or an altitude of about 0 km (such as in the range of [-2, 2] km), or a geographical area with a certain average altitude.
- it can also refer to geographical areas of other specific altitudes or specific altitude ranges, such as a geographical area with an altitude of 10 km above sea level, or a geographical area with an altitude of about 10 km (such as in the range of [7, 13] km).
- the above-mentioned region fixed relative to the earth may also be referred to as a "wave position", "geographical region”, etc.
- wave position a region fixed relative to the earth
- geographical region a region fixed relative to the earth.
- other names are also possible, and this application does not specifically limit the name of the region fixed relative to the earth.
- the shapes, outlines, sizes, radii, and areas of different regions may or may not be the same. Different regions may have different geographical locations. Different regions may or may not overlap.
- a region is fixed relative to the Earth, which can be understood as: the region's outline, size, or geographic location remains unchanged.
- the region's outline, size, or geographic location does not change over time.
- a region is fixed relative to the Earth, which can be understood as: the region's outline and points within the region can be described using an Earth-fixed coordinate system, or the coordinates of each point on the region's outline in the Earth-fixed coordinate system are fixed and unchanging.
- the shape of the region may be a regular hexagon, or other shapes such as a regular pentagon, a circle, an ellipse, etc.
- the shape of the region may be an irregular shape, which is not limited.
- the shape of a region can be defined by a protocol or by a network device.
- the region shapes defined by different network devices can be the same or different.
- the same network device can also define multiple region shapes.
- the size, radius, and area of a region can be defined by a protocol or by a network device.
- the size, radius, and area of a region defined by different network devices can be the same or different.
- the same network device can also define multiple region sizes, multiple region radii, or multiple region areas.
- the Earth's surface can be divided into multiple regions, and the regions can be indexed (e.g., numbered).
- the terminal device and the network device can agree on a numbering method for these regions (e.g., starting with 1 or 0) and a correspondence between regions and indices.
- a protocol can define a numbering method for these regions and a correspondence between regions and indices. Based on the region index, information such as the region's geographic location can be determined.
- the multiple divided areas may completely cover the surface of the earth, such as any location on the surface of the earth belongs to a certain area; or, the multiple divided areas may also cover partial geographical locations on the earth, for example, the multiple areas may not cover the South Pole and/or North Pole of the earth, that is, the South Pole and/or the North Pole may not exist in this area.
- the method of dividing multiple areas can be defined by a protocol or by a network device.
- the division methods defined by different network devices can be the same or different.
- the same network device can also define multiple division methods.
- multiple grids can be defined to divide the Earth's surface. For example, at an altitude of 0 kilometers (km) or within the range of [-2, 2] km, the Earth's surface can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree, resulting in 129,600 regions. At an altitude of 10 km or within the range of [7, 13] km, the Earth's surface can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree, resulting in another 129,600 regions. When indexing these regions, the index range needs to be expanded.
- the total index is 0, 1, ..., 129599, 129600, 129601, ..., 259199, where the first 129,600 numbers represent the region indexes at an altitude of 0 km or within the range of [-2, 2] km, and the last 129,600 numbers represent the region indexes at an altitude of 10 km or within the range of [7, 13] km.
- the granularity of the latitude and longitude grid can be determined based on the type of network device. For example, if the network device is a LEO satellite, a relatively small granularity can be used for discretization; if the network device is a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a relatively large granularity can be used for discretization.
- GEO geostationary earth orbit
- the earth's surface can be divided using latitude and longitude grids of various granularities.
- a part of the earth's surface or a part of the administrative area can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree
- another part of the earth's surface or administrative area can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 2 degrees.
- the earth's surface can be divided into a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree at an altitude of 0 km, and the earth's surface can be divided into a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 2 degrees at an altitude of 10 km.
- the Earth's surface can be divided into administrative regions.
- a township-level administrative region can be considered as a region.
- the projection of a GEO satellite beam on the ground can be considered as a region. Since GEO satellites are stationary relative to the Earth, the projection of a GEO satellite beam on the ground can be considered fixed relative to the Earth.
- the Earth's surface can be divided in a combination of multiple division methods. For example, a part of the Earth's surface or administrative area can be divided by a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1, and another part of the Earth's surface or administrative area can be divided according to administrative regions.
- the first level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 10 degrees
- the second level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 6
- the third level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 1.
- the number of regions in the first level is greater than the number of regions in the second level
- the number of regions in the second level is greater than the number of regions in the third level.
- the regions of each level can be numbered separately.
- FIG1A exemplarily illustrates an architectural diagram of a communication system 1000 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system includes a radio access network 100 and a core network 200.
- the communication system 1000 may also include the Internet 300.
- the radio access network 100 may include at least one radio access network device (such as 110a and 110b in FIG1A ) and at least one terminal device (such as 120a-120j in FIG1A ).
- the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the radio access network device, and the radio access network device is wirelessly or wiredly connected to the core network.
- the core network device and the radio access network device may be independent and distinct physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the radio access network device may be integrated into the same physical device, or a single physical device may integrate some of the functions of the core network device and some of the functions of the radio access network device. Terminal devices and radio access network devices may be connected to each other via wired or wireless means.
- FIG1A is only a schematic diagram.
- the communication system may further include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG1A .
- the network devices involved in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, radio access network (RAN) devices.
- a radio access network device may be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), a next-generation NodeB (gNB) in a fifth-generation (5G) mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a WiFi system. It may also be a module or unit that performs some of the functions of a base station, for example, a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), or a radio unit (RU).
- CU centralized unit
- DU distributed unit
- RU radio unit
- the CU implements the base station's radio resource control protocol and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) functions, and can also implement the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) functions.
- the DU implements the base station's radio link control layer and medium access control (MAC) layer functions, and can also implement some or all of the physical layer functions.
- 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
- the CU and DU can be configured separately or included in the same network element, such as the baseband unit (BBU).
- the RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), or remote radio head (RRH).
- RRU remote radio unit
- AAU active antenna unit
- RRH remote radio head
- CU, DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings.
- CU may also be called an open CU (open-CU, O-CU)
- DU may also be called an open DU (open-DU, O-DU)
- RU may also be called an open RU (open-RU, O-RU).
- Any unit in the CU (or CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP), CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application can be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
- CU-CP may also be called an open CU-CP (open-CU-CP, O-CU-CP)
- CU-UP may also be called an open CU-UP (open-CU-UP, O-CU-UP).
- FIG. 1B illustrates an exemplary O-RAN system architecture diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the O-RAN system in the embodiment provided in the present application may include components other than those shown in Figure 1B.
- an access network device (RAN, which may be, for example, an eNB, gNB, or next-generation access network device) communicates with the core network (CN) via a backhaul link and with user equipment (UE) via an air interface.
- CN core network
- UE user equipment
- a baseband unit (BBU) in the access network device communicates with the core network via a backhaul link
- a radio unit (RU) in the access network device communicates with at least one UE via an air interface.
- BBU baseband unit
- RU radio unit
- the BBU communicates with at least one RU via a fronthaul link, and the BBU and RU may or may not be co-located.
- the BBU includes at least one control unit (CU) and at least one distributed unit (DU), which may communicate via at least one midhaul link.
- the first communication device can configure information of the auxiliary communication device to the terminal device (e.g., UE), and can also send signaling for activating or deactivating one or more communication devices to the terminal device. These signalings can be sent by the CU and/or DU in the first communication device to the terminal device.
- FIG. 1C illustrates an exemplary O-RAN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the O-RAN may include an O-CU-CP, an O-CU-UP, an O-DU, and an O-RU.
- the system architecture may also include an open cloud (O-cloud), a service management and orchestration framework (service management and orchestration framework), an open eNB (O-eNB), a near-real-time (RT) RAN Intelligent Controller (RIC), and a non-real-time (NR) RIC.
- the non-RT RIC can monitor, configure, manage, and control the radio resources of at least one of multiple O-CU-CPs, O-CU-UPs, DUs, or O-eNBs.
- 3GPP-defined interfaces include, for example, E1, F1 (e.g., F1-c, F1-u), NG (e.g., NG-c, NG-u), Xn (e.g., Xn-c, Xn-u), and X2 (e.g., X2-c, X2-u).
- the O-RAN communication system also includes interfaces such as O1, O2, E2, A1, and Open Fronthaul (FH) (e.g., the Open FH control (M) plane and the Open FH control, user, and synchronization (CUS) plane).
- FH Open Fronthaul
- M Open FH control
- CCS Open FH control
- the names of the interfaces and the connection methods of the various units shown in Figure 1C are merely examples. In actual applications, the O-RAN system may include more or fewer interfaces or more or fewer units.
- the wireless access network device can be a macro base station (such as 110a in Figure 1A), a micro base station or an indoor station (such as 110b in Figure 1A), a relay node, a donor node, etc.
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and device form used by the wireless access network device.
- the following description uses a base station as an example of a wireless access network device.
- Terminal devices may also be referred to as terminal devices, user equipment (UE), mobile stations, mobile terminal devices, etc.
- Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, etc.
- Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, sensors, etc.
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal devices.
- the terminal device can establish a connection with the operator network through an interface provided by the operator network (such as N1, etc.) and use data and/or voice services provided by the operator network.
- the terminal device can also access the domain name system (DNS) through the operator network and use operator services deployed on the DNS and/or services provided by a third party.
- DNS domain name system
- the third party can be a service provider outside the operator network and the terminal device, and can provide other data and/or voice services to the terminal device.
- the specific form of the third party can be determined according to the actual application scenario and is not limited here.
- Terminal devices may also be referred to as terminal devices, user equipment (UE), mobile stations, mobile terminal devices, etc.
- Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, etc.
- Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, roadside units (RSUs), etc.
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal devices.
- Base stations and terminal devices can be fixed or mobile. They can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; on water; or in the air on aircraft, balloons, and satellites. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of base stations and terminal devices.
- base stations and terminal devices can be relative.
- the helicopter or drone 120i in Figure 1A can be configured as a mobile base station.
- terminal device 120i accessing the wireless access network 100 via 120i
- terminal device 120i is a base station.
- 120i is a terminal device, meaning that communication between 110a and 120i occurs via a wireless air interface protocol.
- communication between 110a and 120i can also occur via a base station-to-base station interface protocol.
- 120i is also a base station relative to 110a. Therefore, base stations and terminal devices can be collectively referred to as communication devices.
- 110a and 110b in Figure 1A can be referred to as communication devices with base station functionality
- 120a-120j in Figure 1A can be referred to as communication devices with terminal functionality.
- Communication between base stations and terminal devices, between base stations, and between terminal devices can be carried out through authorized spectrum, unauthorized spectrum, or both; communication can be carried out through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), spectrum above 6 GHz, or spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz.
- GHz gigahertz
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
- the functions of the base station may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the base station, or by a control subsystem that includes the base station functions.
- the control subsystem that includes the base station functions here may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, and smart city.
- the functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or by a device that includes the terminal device functions.
- a base station sends downlink signals or downlink information to a terminal device, and the downlink information is carried on a downlink channel; the terminal device sends uplink signals or uplink information to the base station, and the uplink information is carried on an uplink channel.
- the terminal device needs to establish a wireless connection with the cell controlled by the base station.
- the cell with which the terminal device has established a wireless connection is called the serving cell of the terminal device.
- the core network involved in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices that process and forward user signaling and data.
- it includes access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), user plane gateway, positioning management equipment and other core network devices.
- the user plane gateway can be a server with functions such as mobility management, routing, and forwarding of user plane data, generally located on the network side, such as serving gateway (SGW) or packet data network gateway (PGW) or user plane function entity (UPF).
- SGW serving gateway
- PGW packet data network gateway
- UPF user plane function entity
- AMF and SMF are equivalent to the mobility management entity (MME) in the long-term evolution (LTE) system.
- MME mobility management entity
- LTE long-term evolution
- the core network can also include other network elements, which are not listed here.
- FIG1A is only a schematic diagram.
- the wireless communication system may further include other devices, such as core network devices, wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG1A .
- Figures 1D and 1E illustrate exemplary network architecture diagrams of several communication systems applicable to embodiments of the present application. These communication systems may include satellites, network equipment, and terminal devices. These systems may also include gateways and core network equipment. Figures 1D and 1E illustrate exemplary converged network architectures for NTNs and terrestrial networks. These are described below with reference to the accompanying figures.
- the satellite can be a highly elliptical orbiting (HEO) satellite, a GEO satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, or a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite.
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the operating mode of the satellite.
- the operating mode of the satellite can be a transparent mode or a regenerative mode.
- FIG1D illustrates the operating mode of the satellite in the transparent mode as an example
- FIG1E illustrates the operating mode of the satellite in the regenerative mode as an example.
- the gateway When the satellite operates in transparent transmission mode, it performs the transparent forwarding function of a relay.
- the gateway has the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or some of them.
- the gateway can be considered a network device (such as a base station).
- the network device (such as a base station) can be deployed separately from the gateway.
- the feeder link latency includes both the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-gNB delays.
- the transparent transmission mode discussed below is based on the case where the gateway and gNB are located together or close together. For cases where the gateway and gNB are farther apart, the feeder link latency is simply the sum of the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-gNB delays.
- the satellite When the satellite operates in regenerative mode, it has data processing capabilities, the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or partial functions of a network device (such as a base station). At this time, the satellite can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station).
- Satellites can wirelessly communicate with terminals by broadcasting communication and navigation signals.
- each satellite can provide terminal devices with communication, navigation, and positioning services using multiple beams.
- each satellite can use multiple beams to cover its service area, and the relationships between the beams can be one or more of time division, frequency division, and space division.
- a gateway also known as a ground station, earth station, gateway, or gateway station
- satellites and terrestrial network equipment such as terrestrial base stations
- terrestrial network equipment such as terrestrial base stations
- the link between the satellite and the terminal is called a service link, and the link between the satellite and the gateway is called a feeder link.
- Network equipment can be deployed separately from the gateway, so the feeder link latency can include both the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-network equipment latency.
- the network devices in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices deployed on satellites (such as satellite base stations), network devices deployed on gateways, and network devices deployed on the ground (such as ground base stations).
- the network devices may be the radio access network (RAN) nodes shown in Figures 1A, 1B, and 1C, or RAN nodes in an O-RAN system.
- RAN radio access network
- a core network is a ground-based device that communicates with other NTN devices in the NTN system.
- the CN may be the CN described in Figures 1A, 1B, and 1C. The details are described above and are omitted here.
- the terminal may be the terminal involved in FIG. 1A , FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C .
- FIG. 1A The terminal may be the terminal involved in FIG. 1A , FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C .
- FIG. 1A For related contents, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated here.
- the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other communication system architectures, such as an air-to-ground (ATG) communication system, which includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal.
- High-altitude terminals include, for example, high-altitude aircraft and onboard terminals.
- the satellites in Figures 1D and 1E above may also be replaced with other relay devices, such as high-altitude platforms (HAPS) and other NTN devices.
- HAPS high-altitude platforms
- the communication system shown in Figures 1D or 1E is an example and does not limit the communication system to which the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable.
- FIG1F is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of another communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
- the communication system includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal device.
- the high-altitude terminal device includes, for example, a high-altitude aircraft and an onboard terminal device.
- FIG1G exemplarily shows another possible communication system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system includes a first communication device, a second communication device and a terminal device.
- the terminal device can be a terminal or a chip system inside the terminal involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F.
- the first communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be a satellite in FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F or a chip system inside a satellite, or it can be a network device (such as an access network device, a ground station, etc.) or a chip system inside a network device involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F.
- the second communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be a satellite in FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F or a chip system inside a satellite, or it can be a network device (such as an access network device, a ground station, etc.) or a chip system inside a network device involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F.
- a network device such as an access network device, a ground station, etc.
- the communication device in the embodiments of the present application may also be replaced by a cell.
- the first communication device may also be replaced by a cell, a first cell, or a primary cell.
- the second communication device may be replaced by a cell, a second cell, or a secondary cell.
- the secondary communication device involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be replaced by a secondary cell.
- the first communication device is a first cell and the second communication device is a second cell
- the first cell and the second cell may belong to cells within the coverage of different network devices, or the first cell and the second cell may belong to cells within the coverage of the same network device, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as multi-cell joint transmission.
- this transmission mode may be referred to as multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission.
- this transmission mode may be referred to as multi-cell joint quasi-synchronous transmission.
- this transmission mode when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is equal to the CP, this transmission mode is multi-cell joint quasi-synchronous transmission, and this is used as an example in the embodiments of the present application. In other possible implementations, when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by two communication devices is equal to the CP, this transmission mode may also be referred to as multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
- the transmission mode can refer to the processing mode corresponding to the terminal device when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is greater than the CP, and no further details will be given.
- the first communication device and the second communication device can be devices of the same type or different types.
- the first communication device is a first satellite device
- the second communication device is a second satellite device.
- the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be called multi-satellite joint transmission.
- this transmission mode can be called multi-satellite joint quasi-synchronous transmission.
- this transmission mode can also be called multi-satellite joint quasi-synchronous (or asynchronous) transmission.
- this transmission mode can be called multi-satellite joint asynchronous transmission.
- the first communication device and the second communication device are satellite devices
- the first communication device can operate in transparent transmission mode or regeneration mode
- the second communication device can operate in transparent transmission mode or regeneration mode.
- the operating modes of the first communication device and the second communication device can be the same or different.
- the satellite device in the embodiment of the present application (for example, the first satellite device and the second satellite device) can be the satellite in Figure 1D, Figure 1E or Figure 1F or the chip system inside the satellite.
- the first communication device and the second communication device are two network devices (eg, access network devices, ground stations, etc.).
- the first communication device is a first satellite device
- the second communication device is a network device (eg, access network devices, ground stations, etc.).
- FIG1G illustrates an example in which the first communication device and the second communication device are satellite devices. In actual applications, the first communication device and the second communication device may also be other devices.
- Figure 2 exemplarily illustrates a possible flow diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 2 uses the interaction between a terminal device, a first communication device, and a second communication device as an example for description.
- the terminal device, the first communication device, and the second communication device please refer to the description of Figure 1G above, and no further details will be given.
- Step 201 A first communication device sends first information.
- the terminal device receives the first information.
- the first information includes information about the second communication device.
- the first information can be used to assist the terminal device in receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device.
- the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device and the complexity of receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device, thereby improving the efficiency of successfully receiving the synchronization signal.
- the first information may include one or more of the following information A1 (index of information of the second communication device), information A2 (ephemeris information of the second communication device), information A3 (cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device), information A4 (measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device), information A5 (frequency of the second synchronization signal), information A6 (polarization information of the second synchronization signal), and information A7 (sequence information corresponding to the second synchronization signal).
- information A1 index of information of the second communication device
- information A2 ephemeris information of the second communication device
- information A3 cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device
- information A4 measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device
- information A5 frequency of the second synchronization signal
- information A6 polarization information of the second synchronization signal
- information A7 sequence information corresponding to the second synchronization signal
- Information A1 index of information of the second communication device.
- the terminal device can obtain information about at least one communication device (e.g., at least one secondary satellite device), where each piece of information can correspond to an index.
- the information about the second communication device belongs to the information about the at least one communication device.
- the terminal device can search for an association between the index and the information about the communication device based on the index in the first information, then find the information about the communication device associated with the index in the first information, and use the information about the communication device as the information about the second communication device.
- the information of a communication device may include one or more of the following: ephemeris information of the second communication device, a cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device, a measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device, a frequency of a synchronization signal of the second communication device, polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device, and sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
- the sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, information used to generate a sequence of the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
- Table 1 below illustrates examples of information about several communication devices. Taking the second row of Table 1 as an example (the header in this table is considered the first row, and in other possible implementations, the header may not be called the first row. In this case, the second row of Table 1 may also be called the first row of Table 1), the index of this row is 0, indicating that the index of the information about the communication device is 0.
- the information about the communication device with index 0 includes: ephemeris information ephemeris #0 for the communication device, cell identifier #0 for the communication device, downlink synchronization signal frequency f#0 for the communication device, SSB-based measurement timing configuration (SMTC) #0 for the communication device, and polarization information for the communication device, which is left polarization, and sequence information #1 for the synchronization signal sent by the communication device.
- a communication device may correspond to one or more measurement timing configurations. Table 1 uses an example in which a communication device is configured with one measurement timing configuration, and the measurement timing configuration is SMTC, as an example.
- the communication device information shown in Table 1 is for example only. In actual applications, the communication device information may include more or less information. For example, the communication device information may not include a cell identifier.
- the table format provided in Table 1 is for example only. In actual applications, the rows and/or columns of Table 1 may vary, and Table 1 may include more or fewer rows and/or columns.
- a terminal device may obtain information about at least one communication device (e.g., at least one secondary satellite device) in various ways.
- the information about the at least one communication device e.g., at least one secondary satellite device
- the first communication device may send the information about the at least one communication device via a broadcast message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
- the ephemeris information of the second communication device may include, for example, the speed information of the satellite device, the motion trajectory information of the satellite device, the position information of the satellite device, and the time information corresponding to the position information of the satellite device.
- the cell corresponding to the second communication device may include one or more cells within the signal coverage of the second communication device.
- the cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, a physical cell identifier (PCI) of the cell.
- PCI physical cell identifier
- the measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, SMTC.
- the SMTC corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, a timing configuration sent by the second communication device to the terminal device when the terminal device performs SSB-based measurement on a cell corresponding to the second communication device.
- the SMTC corresponding to the second communication device includes an SMTC period, an SMTC duration, and an SMTC offset.
- the SMTC period may represent the repetition period of the measurement action.
- the SMTC period (periodicity) may be no less than the SSB scanning period of the cell to be measured. This can reduce ineffective searches and SSB measurements by the terminal device, thereby reducing power waste.
- the SMTC offset can indicate the starting subframe of the measurement action within a period.
- the SMTC offset can determine the SMTC start offset (the time at which the measurement starts after the start of each SMTC period).
- the SMTC duration can represent the duration of the measurement action after the measurement action starts.
- the SMTC duration can be greater than or equal to the effective scanning time in each SSB scanning cycle of the cell to be measured. For example, if the effective scanning time of the SSB scanning cycle is 4 milliseconds (ms), the SMTC duration needs to be greater than or equal to 4ms to ensure that the terminal can detect all potential SSBs.
- the SMTC start frame number and the SMTC start subframe number may be calculated according to the following formulas (1) and (2):
- SFN is the starting frame number of SMTC
- T periodicity/10
- periodicity is the SMTC period (or period duration)
- offset is the SMTC offset
- subframe is the starting subframe number of SMTC
- mod is the modulo operation
- FLOOR is rounding down.
- the SMTC start frame number is calculated to be 0 and the SMTC start subframe number is 1 using the above formulas (1) and (2).
- the detection duration can be further determined by combining the start frame number and the start subframe number with the duration.
- Frequency can be understood as carrier frequency or carrier frequency.
- the frequency can be 2 gigahertz (GHz), 20 GHz, or 30 GHz.
- the polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, left polarization, right polarization, or linear polarization.
- the sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, information of the sequence used to generate the synchronization signal, such as the sequence number of the root sequence used to generate the synchronization signal, the index number of the synchronization signal sequence (the corresponding synchronization sequence is determined by looking up a table), etc.
- Step 202 The second communication device sends a second synchronization signal.
- the terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information.
- the synchronization signal sent by the first communication device is referred to as the first synchronization signal
- the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device is referred to as the second synchronization signal.
- first and second e.g., the first synchronization signal, the second synchronization signal, and the subsequent first data, second data, and third data
- first and second are for the purpose of distinction and have no other limiting meaning.
- the terminal device can reduce the complexity of blind detection, and then speed up the speed of successfully receiving the second synchronization signal, thereby improving communication efficiency.
- Step 203 The first communication device sends first data to the terminal device on the first resource.
- Step 204 The second communication device sends second data to the terminal device via the first resource.
- the terminal device receives the first data and the second data.
- the terminal device receives the superposition of the first and second data.
- the data received by the terminal device on the first resource is referred to as third data, which includes the first data and the second data.
- the first data comes from a first communication device.
- the first resource is used by the first communication device to transmit the first data, and the first data occupies the first resource.
- the second data comes from a second communication device.
- the first resource is also used by the second communication device to transmit the second data, and the second data occupies the first resource.
- the first data and the second data may be the same data or different data. Alternatively, the first data and the second data may carry the same information or different information.
- the first resource may include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource.
- the first data and the second data have the same time domain resource and the same frequency domain resource.
- the first resource may include a time domain resource or a frequency domain resource.
- the first data and the second data have the same time domain resource or the same frequency domain resource.
- Step 205 The terminal device obtains the first data and the second data.
- step 205 the terminal device receives the third data and obtains the first data and the second data from the third data.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can be less than the CP, equal to the CP, or greater than the CP.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first data and the downlink timing corresponding to the second data can be less than the CP, equal to the CP, or greater than the CP.
- the downlink timing in the embodiment of the present application can be replaced with downlink synchronization timing, and the English name of downlink timing can be called downlink timing.
- Downlink timing is used to enable the terminal device to determine the frame boundary, subframe boundary, time slot boundary, symbol boundary, or receiving window position of the frame sent by the communication device.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can also be replaced by/include: the downlink timing difference between the first communication device and the second communication device, the difference in frame boundaries of the downlink frames of the first communication device and the second communication device, the downlink timing difference, the synchronization position difference, etc.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can also be replaced by/include: the time difference between the frame boundaries of the same frame number of the two downlink signals received by the terminal device from the first communication device and the second communication device respectively, the time difference between the time slot boundaries of the same time slot number, or the time difference between the symbol boundaries of the same symbol index number.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be a variable, and the difference may be associated with the difference in data transmission delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be equal to or different from the difference in data transmission delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
- the first communication device is a first satellite device
- the second communication device is a second satellite device.
- the first satellite device and the second satellite device simultaneously send data (e.g., first data and second data) to the terminal device.
- the time difference between the two data arriving at the terminal device is the difference in data transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device.
- the satellite devices may advance or delay the time of information transmission, and the relative positions between the two satellite devices may also change during the movement of the satellite devices. Therefore, the downlink timing difference between the first satellite device and the second satellite device is not necessarily equal to the difference in data transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device.
- the difference in the distances between the two satellite devices and the terminal device may also change. This may also cause a large difference in the time delays for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device, which in turn causes the time delay difference for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device to be greater than the CP. In some cases, the time delay difference for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device may be less than or equal to the CP.
- FIG3 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible information transmission by multiple communication devices arriving at a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the data sent by the first communication device to the terminal device includes S1 and S2.
- the data sent by the second communication device to the terminal device includes S3.
- the time when the data sent by the first communication device arrives at the terminal device is t 0
- the time when the data sent by the second communication device arrives at the terminal device is (t 0 +t 1 ).
- t 1 is the time difference between the data sent by the first communication device and the data sent by the second communication device arriving at the terminal device.
- t 1 can also be understood as the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device.
- t 1 may be less than or equal to CP, or may be greater than CP.
- the terminal device may need a more complex solution to eliminate interference between signals.
- the data processing method is referred to as the first data processing method in the embodiment of the present application.
- the first data processing method includes: the terminal device obtains first data from the third data.
- the terminal device obtains fourth data based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal.
- the fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel.
- the terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain fifth data.
- the terminal device obtains second data from the fifth data.
- FIG4 shows a flow chart of a possible method for a terminal device to obtain data provided by an embodiment of the present application, with reference to FIG3 .
- the process may include the following steps.
- First data transmitted by a first communication device arrives at a terminal device via a channel corresponding to the first communication device.
- Second data transmitted by a second communication device arrives at the terminal device via a channel corresponding to the second communication device.
- the first data and the second data occupy the same resources.
- the terminal device receives third data (the third data includes the first data and the second data).
- the terminal device decodes the first data (e.g., S1 and S2) from the third data.
- the terminal device obtains fourth data based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal.
- the fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel.
- the terminal device reconstructs the signal based on the decoding results of signals S1 and S2 to obtain fourth data, such as (S1*h1+S2*h2). Where h1 and h2 represent the influence of the channel on the signal.
- the terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain the fifth data.
- the terminal device uses the superimposed signal (i.e., the third data) received from the two communication devices minus the recovered fourth data (S1*h1+S2*h2) to obtain the fifth data.
- This process can be understood as a successive interference cancellation (SIC) signal processing method.
- the terminal device obtains the second data (for example, S3) from the fifth data.
- the above scheme can eliminate the interference of signals sent by multiple communication devices to the terminal device.
- the above interference elimination method can better obtain the data sent by multiple communication devices from the received superimposed signal.
- the terminal device can first treat the signal other than the signal of the first communication device (such as the signal of the second communication device) as an interference signal for interference elimination, or treat it as a background noise, and then restore the signal of the first communication device.
- the terminal device performs interference elimination on the signal of the second communication device, for example, it can decode the signal of the second communication device, and then subtract the signal from the second communication device from the received signal, and then obtain the signal of the first communication device. This process can be understood as an interference elimination processing method.
- the terminal device needs to obtain information such as the scrambling code, coding modulation method, and resources occupied by the signal (such as the first resource) of the signal sent by the second communication device. This information can be sent by the first communication device to the terminal device so that the terminal device can eliminate interference with the received signal.
- multiple communication devices can use the same resources (such as time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
- the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application allows the terminal device to better recover the data sent by each communication device from the received data when the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices reaching the terminal device is large (e.g., based on the solution provided in FIG. 4 ). Based on this, it can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is applicable regardless of whether the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices reaching the terminal device is small or large.
- the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to NTN networks. Furthermore, when applying the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, when multiple satellite devices in an NTN network transmit data to a terminal device using the same resources (e.g., the same time-domain resources and the same frequency-domain resources), there is no need to restrict the difference between the downlink timings of the multiple satellite devices to be less than or equal to the CP.
- the same resources e.g., the same time-domain resources and the same frequency-domain resources
- the terminal device can recover the data of each satellite device from the received data in the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application. It can be seen that the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a solution for multiple satellite devices in the NTN network to send data to the terminal device on the same resources (such as the same time domain resources and the same frequency domain resources), and this solution can reduce the restrictions on the satellite devices sending data, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side.
- shock resources involved in the embodiments of the present application can be replaced with/include: “same time domain and frequency domain resources”, or can be replaced with/include “same time domain resources (frequency domain resources may be the same or different)” or “same frequency domain resources (time domain resources may be the same or different)", and there are many specific examples. The meaning of the term in other locations can be found in the description of that place, and the description will not be repeated. For ease of understanding, some of the contents in the embodiments of the present application are introduced using “same resources” including “same time domain and frequency domain resources” as an example.
- the first communication device is a first satellite device and the second communication device is a second satellite device. Since the satellite devices are constantly moving and the distance between the satellite devices and the terminal device is relatively far, the distance difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device is a variable, which may cause the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device to be relatively large (for example, the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device is greater than the CP), resulting in the terminal device needing to asynchronously receive data from multiple satellite devices in the time domain (asynchronous reception means that the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device is greater than the CP).
- the receiving end can recover the data sent by each satellite device by performing asynchronous interference elimination on the received data (asynchronous interference elimination can be, for example, the data processing method provided in FIG. 4 above).
- asynchronous interference elimination can be, for example, the data processing method provided in FIG. 4 above.
- the asynchronous interference elimination at the receiving end requires the terminal device to continuously maintain timing synchronization with the downlink signals of multiple satellite devices, that is, the asynchronous interference elimination method requires the terminal device to synchronize with the downlink signals of multiple satellite devices in order to perform interference elimination.
- the first communication device will send the first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device based on the first information, and then maintain timing synchronization with the downlink signal of the second communication device, so as to facilitate the terminal device to recover the data sent by each satellite device by performing asynchronous interference elimination on the received data.
- the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device based on the first information, and then reduce the complexity of the downlink signal synchronization between the terminal device and the second communication device, thereby improving communication efficiency.
- the terminal device can be a single-antenna terminal or a multi-antenna terminal.
- Figure 5 exemplarily illustrates a possible flow diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 5 uses the interaction between a terminal device, a first communication device, and a second communication device as an example for description.
- a terminal device a first communication device
- a second communication device a second communication device
- Step 501 A terminal device establishes an RRC connection with a first communication device.
- the terminal device can first receive a synchronization signal (e.g., a first synchronization signal) from the first communication device, then synchronize with the first communication device, and then establish an RRC connection with the first communication device.
- a synchronization signal e.g., a first synchronization signal
- the terminal device can maintain synchronization with multiple communication devices, but the terminal device can establish an RRC connection with the first communication device, and does not need to establish an RRC connection with other communication devices. For example, the terminal device receives the first synchronization signal of the first communication device, and then establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device. The terminal device receives the second synchronization signal of the second communication device, and does not establish an RRC connection with the second communication device.
- the communication device that establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device can also be called a primary communication device (such as a primary satellite device); other communication devices that do not establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, but the terminal device maintains the downlink synchronization of the communication device, can be called secondary communication devices (such as secondary satellite devices). Since the terminal device only establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device, this solution can reduce the complexity of the solution on the terminal device side. Since the terminal device can synchronize with multiple communication devices, the terminal device can decode the data sent from multiple communication devices on the same resources, and then recover the data sent by each of the multiple communication devices.
- a primary communication device such as a primary satellite device
- secondary communication devices such as secondary satellite devices
- Step 502 The terminal device sends second information to the first communication device.
- the first communication device receives the second information.
- the second information may include the following information B1 (information used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode) and/or information B2 (information used to indicate the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resources).
- Information B1 is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode.
- the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resources.
- the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources may be less than, equal to, or greater than the cyclic prefix.
- the first data transmission mode may also be replaced by other names, for example, it may be replaced by: data transmission mode, signal transmission mode, information transmission mode, transmission mode, multi-satellite joint transmission mode, or multi-cell joint transmission mode.
- the first data transmission mode includes: multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resources, and the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the data sent by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources is greater than the cyclic prefix.
- the first data transmission mode can also be replaced by a multi-satellite joint asynchronous transmission mode or a multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission mode.
- the data sent by any two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources can carry the same information or carry different information.
- a terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may require a higher cache capacity and a higher data processing capacity.
- the terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may be replaced by: the terminal device supports asynchronous interference cancellation decoding (such as SIC).
- the terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may be replaced by/include: when the terminal device receives data sent from multiple communication devices on the same resource, if the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent to the terminal device by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices on the same resource is greater than the cyclic prefix, the terminal device can recover the data of each communication device from the received data.
- the terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode can also be replaced by: the terminal device has the ability to simultaneously detect synchronization signals of multiple communication devices, and has the ability to maintain timing synchronization with multiple communication devices.
- the terminal device has the ability to synchronize with multiple communication devices, the terminal device maintains timing synchronization (for example, downlink timing synchronization) with the multiple communication devices, and then the terminal device can receive different data sent by multiple communication devices on the same resources.
- the first communication device can determine the capabilities of the terminal device based on the content of the second information, that is, whether the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode. The first communication device can then configure the data transmission mode for the terminal device based on the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, the first communication device can configure multiple communication devices to transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources for a terminal device that supports the first data transmission mode, so as to improve the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system. For another example, the first communication device can configure a single communication device to transmit data for a terminal device that does not support the first data transmission mode, so as to avoid the data transmission mode exceeding the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby causing data transmission failure.
- Information B2 is used to indicate the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device that send data to the terminal device on the same resource.
- the second information may indicate the number of communication devices supported by the terminal device, or the maximum number. For example, information B2 indicates that the number is five. Based on this, the first communication device can determine that the terminal device can support a maximum of five communication devices to send data to the terminal device on the same resource.
- the data sent by two communication devices (or any two communication devices) among the five communication devices may be the same or different. For example, the data sent by the five communication devices is the same, and for example, the data sent by any two communication devices among the five communication devices is different.
- the first communication device configures different data transmission modes for the terminal device based on the capabilities of each terminal device. For example, the number of communication devices configured by the first communication device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource may not exceed the capability range of the terminal device, thereby preventing the occurrence of communication failures.
- the more communication devices supported by the terminal device the more communication devices the first communication device can configure for the terminal device. It can be seen that the first communication device can be flexibly configured in combination with the capabilities of each terminal device, so that the solution can be better compatible with terminal devices of different capabilities, thereby maximizing the throughput and/or communication spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
- the terminal device sending the second information may be reporting the terminal device's capabilities. There are various opportunities for the terminal device to send the second information. For example, the terminal device may proactively report the capability information during system access or after completing initial access. For another example, a first communications device may send information to the terminal device to query the terminal device's capabilities. After receiving the information, the terminal device may send the second information to the first communications device.
- Step 503 The first communication device sends first information.
- the terminal device receives the first information.
- step 503 The relevant contents of step 503 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 201 and will not be repeated here.
- the first information may include information about one or more communication devices.
- information about a communication device included in the first information refer to the aforementioned description of the information about the second communication device.
- the types of information about the multiple communication devices may be the same or different.
- the information about communication device #1 included in the first information may be the ephemeris information of communication device #1
- the information about communication device #2 included in the first information may be the frequency of the synchronization signal of communication device #2.
- the information about the communication device (e.g., the second communication device) included in the first information may be information about candidate secondary communication devices configured by the first communication device for the terminal device.
- the number of communication devices indicated by the first information does not include the maximum number of communication devices supported by the terminal device (e.g., the number of communication devices indicated by the aforementioned second information). In this way, the number of candidate secondary communication devices configured by the first communication device for the terminal device does not exceed the terminal device's capabilities, thereby avoiding communication errors.
- Step 504 The terminal device sends third information.
- the first communication device receives the third information.
- the third information indicates at least one of the following: the terminal device detecting a synchronization signal from at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device); or the terminal device establishing downlink timing synchronization with at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device).
- the terminal device may transmit the third information to indicate to the first communication device which communication devices the terminal device can receive data from. This allows the first communication device to configure a communication device for the terminal device that can transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources, thereby improving the success rate of multiple communication devices transmitting data to the terminal device.
- the third information may include at least one of the following: an index corresponding to the information of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device).
- the third information includes an index corresponding to the information of the second communication device.
- the first communication device can search for the association between the index and the communication device (e.g., the association in Table 1 above) based on the index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, and then determine the communication device corresponding to the index (e.g., the communication device corresponding to the cell identifier associated with the index in Table 1) as the communication device that detects the synchronization signal or establishes downlink timing synchronization for the terminal device.
- This solution can reduce the bits occupied by the information in the third information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
- the terminal device may measure the signal from the second communication device and obtain measurement result information.
- the measurement result information may reflect link quality and/or signal quality, etc.
- the measurement result information in the embodiments of the present application may include at least one of a signal detection result, link quality, channel quality, and signal quality.
- the measurement result information may include signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), bit energy to noise power spectral density ratio (Eb/N0), reference signal received power (RSRP), channel quality indicator (CQI), signal-to-interference plus noise power ratio (SINR), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), received signal strength indicator (RSSI), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), or decoding performance (e.g., packet loss rate).
- SNR signal-to-noise ratio
- Eb/N0 reference signal received power
- CQI channel quality indicator
- SINR signal-to-interference plus noise power ratio
- RSRQ reference signal received quality
- RSSI received signal strength indicator
- RSRQ reference signal received quality
- decoding performance e.g., packet loss rate
- Link quality can be determined from the measurement result information (e.g., based on a reference signal or data signal).
- the link quality can include poor link quality or excellent link quality.
- the third information may include at least one of the following: an index corresponding to information of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of a cell corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), measurement result information corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), and a link quality corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device).
- the first communication device can know the link quality corresponding to the communication device, and then can configure the auxiliary communication device for the terminal device in combination with the link quality.
- a communication device with better link quality can be configured as an auxiliary communication device, thereby improving communication performance.
- the terminal device may perform blind detection on the synchronization signal of the at least one communication device indicated by the first information based on the information of the at least one communication device indicated by the first information.
- the communication device reported by the terminal device through the third information belongs to the communication device indicated by the first information.
- Step 505 The first communication device sends fourth information.
- the terminal device receives the fourth information.
- the fourth information includes information indicating at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device).
- the fourth information includes at least one of the following: an index corresponding to information of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), an identifier of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device).
- the terminal device can determine the communication device indicated by the fourth information based on the fourth information.
- the communication device indicated by the fourth information may be understood as an activated communication device, or a communication device set as a secondary communication device.
- the fourth information includes information indicating the second communication device.
- the fourth information indicates the second communication device.
- the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device are transmitting data to the terminal device using the same resource.
- the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the data transmitted by the first and second communication devices to the terminal device using the same resource may be greater than, less than, or equal to the cyclic prefix.
- the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device send data to the terminal device on the same resource, and the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent by the first communication device and the second communication device to the terminal device on the same resource is greater than the cyclic prefix.
- the terminal device determines that the communication device indicated by the fourth information is an activated communication device (or the communication device is an auxiliary communication device, or the communication device needs to be a communication device that transmits data on the same resource as the first communication device).
- the first communication device can select some or all of the communication devices from the communication devices that the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal as auxiliary communication devices (for example, it can be selected based on link quality) so that it can subsequently send data to the terminal device on the same resource together with the auxiliary communication device.
- the first communication device since the first communication device can select an auxiliary communication device for activation, the first communication device can select a more suitable communication device as an auxiliary communication device based on multiple factors.
- the auxiliary communication device can be selected based on information such as the load amount and/or link quality of the auxiliary communication device. This scheme can improve communication performance.
- the fourth information may also be used to indicate a data processing mode of the terminal device.
- the fourth information includes information indicating a first data processing mode.
- the fourth information instructs the terminal device to select the first data processing mode to receive data from the first communication device and the second communication device.
- the first data processing mode has the ability to process data transmitted via the first data transmission mode.
- the first data processing mode may, for example, include step 205 of FIG. 2 and/or the data processing mode shown in FIG. 4 .
- the first data processing mode may be replaced by other names, such as a data processing mode, a decoding mode, or a data decoding mode.
- the fourth information includes information for indicating the second communication device.
- the terminal device determines that the first communication device activates the second communication device and determines that data from the first communication device and the second communication device need to be received using the first data processing method.
- the terminal device can process the received data using an appropriate data processing method based on the fourth information, thereby increasing the probability of correct data reception and thus improving communication performance.
- Step 506 The terminal device determines that it needs to maintain downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device.
- the terminal device maintains synchronization with the downlink timing of the first communication device, and may also maintain synchronization with the downlink timing of at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device).
- the terminal device may determine at least one communication device indicated by the fourth information, and the communication device for which the terminal device maintains downlink timing synchronization belongs to the at least one communication device indicated by the fourth information.
- the terminal device maintains downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device: it can be replaced by the terminal device being able to continuously track the synchronization signal of the second communication device; or replaced by continuously receiving the synchronization signal of the second communication device; or replaced by the terminal device determining the frame boundary of the frame sent by the communication device.
- Step 507 The first communication device sends information indicating the first area to the second communication device.
- the second communication device receives information indicating the first area.
- the terminal device is located in the first area.
- the information used to indicate the first area includes: the wave position information within the first area, and/or the location information of the terminal device.
- the location information of the terminal device may, for example, include the coordinates of the location of the terminal device in a coordinate system, or include the administrative location of the terminal device, such as which road number it is located on.
- the wave position can be understood as a location area divided on the ground.
- the wave position information may include, for example, information for identifying the wave position, such as the wave position identifier. For the relevant content about the wave position and area, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated here.
- the second communication device may determine the area where the terminal device is located, and then may send a synchronization signal to the area, so that the terminal device can subsequently maintain synchronization with the second communication device.
- Step 508 The second communication device sends a second synchronization signal to the first area.
- the terminal device receives the second synchronization signal.
- the second communication device may send a synchronization signal to the first area after receiving the information indicating the first area, and the information indicating the first area may be used to enable the second communication device to send a synchronization signal to the first area.
- the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device periodically sends the second synchronization signal to the first area with a shorter period duration (e.g., the first period duration).
- the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device continuously sends the second synchronization signal to the first area.
- the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device sends the second synchronization signal to the first area at a higher frequency (e.g., the first frequency).
- the second communication device may not have sent a synchronization signal to the first area before receiving the information indicating the first area.
- the aforementioned step 504 may not be performed.
- the second communication device may have already sent a synchronization signal to the first area before receiving the information indicating the first area.
- the second communication device may have sent a synchronization signal to the first area less frequently, or the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device to the first area may have a longer period (e.g., the synchronization signal is sent at a second period, where the second period is greater than the first period), or the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device to the first area may have a lower frequency (e.g., a second frequency, where the second frequency is less than the first frequency).
- the second communication device periodically sends a synchronization signal to the first area with a longer second duration before step 508, and the second duration is greater than the first duration.
- the second communication device may periodically send a synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located (i.e., the first area) with a shorter first duration based on the received information indicating the first area.
- step 508 may refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 202.
- the terminal device may receive the second synchronization signal based on the first information, and the relevant contents will not be repeated here.
- Steps 507 and 508 may be performed before step 505 or step 506. In this way, the terminal device may continue to receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device after receiving the fourth information. Alternatively, steps 507 and 508 may be performed after step 505 or step 506. After the terminal device determines based on the fourth information that it is necessary to maintain downlink timing synchronization of the second communication device, it may continue to search for the synchronization signal of the second communication device until the search is successful.
- Step 509 The first communication device sends the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to the second communication device.
- the second communication device receives the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
- the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data may also be obtained by the second communication device from another device.
- the configuration information of the first resource may be sent by another network device to the second communication device.
- the second data may be sent by another network device to the second communication device.
- Figure 5 illustrates an example of a first communication device sending the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to a second communication device.
- the second communication device can determine the first resource based on the configuration information and then send data to the terminal device on the first resource.
- the first communication device can directly determine which resources are used in common by multiple communication devices to transmit data, which can reduce the complexity of the solution for the first communication device.
- the first communication device may distribute data transmitted by other communication devices to the terminal device. For example, the first communication device may more reasonably distribute data transmitted by each communication device to the terminal device based on factors such as workload and link quality, thereby improving communication performance.
- Step 510 The first communication device sends first data to the terminal device on a first resource.
- the terminal device receives the first data.
- step 510 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 203 and will not be repeated here.
- Step 511 The second communication device sends second data to the terminal device on the first resource.
- the terminal device receives the second data.
- step 511 The relevant contents of step 511 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 204 and will not be repeated here.
- Step 512 The terminal device obtains the first data and the second data.
- step 512 The relevant content of step 512 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 205 and will not be repeated here.
- Step 513 The first communication device sends sixth information to the second communication device.
- the second communication device receives the sixth information.
- the sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device through the same resource as the first communication device.
- the sixth information is also used for the second communication device to stop sending the synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located.
- the second communication device may stop sending the synchronization signal to the first area, or may continue sending the synchronization signal to the first area.
- the second communication device stops sending the synchronization signal to the first area with a shorter duration (such as the first duration) as a cycle, and instead sends the synchronization signal to the first area with a longer duration (such as the second duration) as a cycle.
- the second communication device stops sending the synchronization signal to the first area at a higher frequency (eg, the first frequency), and instead sends the synchronization signal to the first area at a lower frequency (eg, the second frequency).
- the above solutions can reduce the power consumption of the second communication device and also reduce the complexity of implementing the solutions on the communication device side.
- Step 514 The first communication device sends fifth information.
- the terminal device receives the fifth information.
- the fifth information includes information indicating at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device).
- the fifth information includes: an index corresponding to the information of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), an identifier of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device).
- the terminal device can determine the communication device indicated by the fifth information based on the fifth information.
- the communication device indicated by the fifth information may be understood as a deactivated communication device, or a communication device that no longer belongs to a secondary communication device.
- the fifth information includes information indicating the second communication device.
- the fifth information instructs the second communication device.
- the fifth information instructs the second communication device to stop transmitting data to the terminal device using the same resources as the first communication device.
- the fifth information may also be used to indicate a data processing mode for the terminal device.
- the fifth information instructs the terminal device to stop using the first data processing mode to receive data from the first communication device and the second communication device.
- the first data processing mode may, for example, include step 205 of FIG. 2 and/or the data processing mode shown in FIG. 4 .
- the fifth information includes information indicating the second communication device. After receiving this information, the terminal device determines that the first communication device has deactivated the second communication device and determines to stop receiving data from the first communication device and the second communication device using the first data processing mode.
- the terminal device may stop maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device (e.g., stop searching for a synchronization signal sent by the second communication device, or stop determining frame boundaries of information sent by the second communication device). This can reduce the complexity of the solution.
- the terminal device after the terminal device receives the fifth information, it can determine that the first communication device has stopped transmitting data to the terminal device on the same resource as the first communication device. However, the first communication device may continue to transmit data to the terminal device independently, or the second communication device may continue to transmit data to the terminal device independently, or the first communication device and a communication device other than the second communication device may transmit data to the terminal device on the same resource, and this embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
- the information that the first communication device needs to send can be carried in at least one of the broadcast information such as system information block (SIB) 1, other system information (OSI), and master system information block (MIB), and broadcast or multicasted by the first communication device to the terminal device.
- SIB system information block
- OSI system information
- MIB master system information block
- the first communication device sends information (such as the fourth information, information indicating the first area, configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the second data sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) during the radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment phase and subsequent communication process
- this information can be carried in RRC signaling (for example, RRC establishment (RRC setup) message, RRC reconfiguration signaling (RRC reconfiguration), RRC resume signaling (RRC resume) etc.), downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), group DCI, media access control (MAC) control element (CE) control element, and at least one of these information can be indicated through signaling or in a table.
- the information that the first communication device needs to send can be carried along with the data transmission or in a separately allocated physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
- the information that the first communication device needs to indicate can be sent via unicast or multicast. In this way, the information corresponding to each/each group of terminal devices can be flexibly controlled.
- the first communication device, the second communication device, and the terminal device may include hardware structures and/or software modules that perform the corresponding functions.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in hardware or in a manner driven by computer software depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
- Figures 6, 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of the structures of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application. These communication devices shown in Figures 6, 7 and 8 can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first communication device or the second communication device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects possessed by the above-mentioned method embodiment.
- the communication device can be a terminal device as shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G, or a network device as shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G (such as a satellite device, or a network device deployed on the ground), or a chip (or chip system) applied to the terminal device or network device shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G.
- communication device 1300 includes a processing unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320.
- Communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2.
- Transceiver unit 1320 may also be referred to as a communication unit.
- Transceiver unit 1320 may include a transmitting unit and a receiving unit.
- transceiver unit 1320 is configured to receive first information from a first communication device, receive a second synchronization signal from a second communication device based on the first information, and receive third data.
- Processing unit 1310 is configured to obtain the first data and the second data from the third data.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the second information to the first communication device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the third information.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the fourth information.
- the processing unit 1310 is used to maintain downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device based on the fourth information.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the fifth information.
- the processing unit 1310 is used to stop maintaining synchronization with the downlink timing of the second communication device.
- the processing unit 1310 is used to establish an RRC connection with the first communication device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the first information and send the first data to the terminal device on the first resource.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to the second communication device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send information indicating the first area to the second communication device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the sixth information to the second communication device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the second information.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the third information.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the fourth information.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the fifth information.
- the processing unit 1310 is used to establish an RRC connection with the terminal device.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send a second synchronization signal and send second data to the terminal device on the first resource.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive information indicating the first area and send a second synchronization signal to the first area.
- the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the sixth information.
- the processing unit 1310 is used to stop sending the second synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located.
- processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320 For a more detailed description of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320 , reference may be made to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 .
- communication device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and an interface circuit 1420.
- Processor 1410 and interface circuit 1420 are coupled to each other.
- interface circuit 1420 can be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
- the input/output interface is used to input and/or output information, where output can be understood as sending and input can be understood as receiving.
- communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1430 for storing instructions executed by processor 1410, or storing input data required by processor 1410 to execute instructions, or storing data generated after processor 1410 executes instructions.
- the processor 1410 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1310
- the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1320 .
- the communication device shown in Figure 8 may also be a schematic diagram of a possible baseband architecture.
- the communication device may include a processing system, which may include one or more processors, which may be configured to execute processes, such as process #1 through process #N shown in Figure 8 .
- a processing system can be implemented using a bus architecture, typically represented by a bus.
- the bus can include any number of interconnecting buses and bridges, depending on the specific application and overall design constraints of the processing system.
- the bus communicatively couples various circuits together, including one or more processors (typically represented by a processor), memory, and computer-readable media (typically represented by computer-readable media, such as computer-readable media #1...computer-readable media #N shown in Figure 8).
- the bus can also link various other circuits, such as timing sources, peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further.
- the bus interface provides an interface between the bus and transceivers, and between the bus and the interface.
- the communication device may further include a transceiver (not shown in FIG8 ), which may also be replaced by an interface circuit or a communication interface, etc.
- the transceiver provides a communication interface or device for communicating with various other devices via a wireless transmission medium.
- the transceiver may be coupled to an antenna array, and the transceiver and antenna array may be used together to communicate with the corresponding network type.
- At least one interface e.g., a network interface and/or a user interface provides a communication interface or device for communicating via an internal bus or via an external transmission medium.
- the processor is responsible for managing the bus and general processing, including executing software stored on a computer-readable medium.
- the software When the software is executed by the processor, the software causes the processing system to perform various functions described below for any specific device.
- the functions that can be implemented by the processor, memory, and computer-readable medium may include: encoding, decoding, rate matching, rate dematching, scrambling, descrambling, modulation, demodulation, layer mapping, fast Fourier transform (FFT), inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT), inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), precoding, resource element (RE) mapping, channel equalization, RE demapping, digital beamforming (BF), adding CP, removing CP, etc.
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
- IDFT inverse discrete Fourier transform
- the signaling involved in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by a processor, a memory, and a computer-readable medium.
- the above-mentioned signaling sent by the first communication device (such as a satellite device) to the terminal device is sent to the terminal device after the processor, memory, and computer-readable medium in Figure 8 process the above-mentioned parameters.
- the processor 1410 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1310
- the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1320 .
- the terminal chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
- the terminal chip receives information from the base station, which can be understood as the information being first received by other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the terminal chip by these modules.
- the terminal chip sends information to the base station, which can be understood as the information being first sent to other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the base station by these modules.
- the base station chip implements the function of the network device in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
- the base station chip receives information from the terminal, which can be understood as the information being first received by other modules in the base station (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the base station chip by these modules.
- the base station chip sends information to the terminal, which can be understood as the information being sent to other modules in the base station (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the terminal by these modules.
- Entities A and B herein can be RAN nodes or terminals, or modules within a RAN node or terminal.
- the sending and receiving of information can be information exchange between a RAN node and a terminal, for example, between a base station and a terminal; the sending and receiving of information can also be information exchange between two RAN nodes, for example, between a CU and a DU; the sending and receiving of information can also be information exchange between different modules within a device, for example, between a terminal chip and other modules in the terminal, or between a base station chip and other modules within the base station.
- the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof.
- the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
- the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or in software instructions that can be executed by a processor.
- the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, registers, hard disks, mobile hard disks, compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
- An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
- the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
- the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC.
- the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal.
- the processor and the storage medium can also exist in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.
- all or part of the embodiments may be implemented using software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- all or part of the embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product.
- a computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions of the embodiments of the present application are performed.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device, or other programmable device.
- the computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transferred from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
- the computer program or instructions may be transferred from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired or wireless means.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
- the available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, or magnetic tapes; optical media, such as digital video disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state drives.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
- At least one means one or more, and “more” means two or more.
- “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
- a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
- the character “/” generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an “or” relationship; in the formula of this application, the character “/” indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in a “division” relationship.
- “Including at least one of A, B and C” can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2024年04月11日提交中华人民共和国国家知识产权局、申请号为202410433055.5、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置、存储介质以及计算机程序产品”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on April 11, 2024, with application number 202410433055.5 and application name "A communication method, device, storage medium and computer program product", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application.
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置、存储介质以及计算机程序产品。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a communication method, device, storage medium, and computer program product.
目前,第五代移动网络(the 5th generation,5G)新空口(new radio,NR)技术正在从版本(revision,R)18版本演进到R19版本。与此同时,NR技术也从标准化阶段进入到商业部署阶段。NR标准协议可以为地面蜂窝网络场景设计的无线通信技术,能够为用户提供超低时延、超可靠性、超高速率、超量连接的无线通信服务。相比于陆地通信,非陆地网络(non-terrestrial networks,NTN)通信具有覆盖区域大、组网灵活等特点,可以做到全球网络无缝覆盖。NTN通信包括利用无人机、高空平台、卫星等设备进行组网,为用户终端(user equipment,UE)提供数据传输、语音通信等服务。Currently, the fifth-generation (5G) new radio (NR) technology is evolving from revision (R) 18 to R19. Simultaneously, NR technology has entered the commercial deployment phase, moving from standardization. The NR standard protocol is a wireless communication technology designed for terrestrial cellular network scenarios, providing users with wireless communication services featuring ultra-low latency, ultra-reliability, ultra-high speeds, and an excessive number of connections. Compared to terrestrial communications, non-terrestrial networks (NTN) offer wide coverage and flexible networking, enabling seamless global network coverage. NTN communications utilize networking equipment such as drones, high-altitude platforms, and satellites to provide data transmission, voice communication, and other services to user equipment (UE).
针对陆地通信和/或非陆地通信,目前亟需一种方案,用于提高通信系统吞吐量。For terrestrial communications and/or non-terrestrial communications, there is an urgent need for a solution to improve the throughput of a communication system.
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置、存储介质以及计算机程序产品,用于通过多个通信装置在相同的资源上向同一个终端装置发送不同的数据,继而提高通信系统吞吐量。The present application provides a communication method, device, storage medium, and computer program product for sending different data to the same terminal device on the same resources through multiple communication devices, thereby improving the throughput of the communication system.
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端装置执行。终端装置可以包括终端设备或终端设备内部的芯片系统。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a terminal device. The terminal device can include a terminal device or a chip system inside the terminal device.
终端装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一信息。第一信息包括第二通信装置的信息,第一信息用于辅助终端装置接收第二通信装置的同步信号。终端装置基于第一信息,接收来自第二通信装置的第二同步信号。终端装置接收第三数据。第三数据包括第一数据和第二数据,第一数据占用第一资源。第二数据占用第一资源,第一数据来自第一通信装置,第二数据来自第二通信装置。终端装置从第三数据中获取第一数据和第二数据。A terminal device receives first information from a first communication device. The first information includes information about a second communication device, and the first information is used to assist the terminal device in receiving a synchronization signal from the second communication device. Based on the first information, the terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device. The terminal device receives third data. The third data includes first data and second data, with the first data occupying a first resource. The second data occupies the first resource, with the first data originating from the first communication device and the second data originating from the second communication device. The terminal device obtains the first data and the second data from the third data.
本申请提供的方法中,多个通信装置(例如第一通信装置和第二通信装置)可以使用相同的资源(例如时频和/或频域资源)向同一个终端装置传输不同的数据,从而可以提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。In the method provided in the present application, multiple communication devices (e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device) can use the same resources (e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值可以大于循环前缀,也可以小于或等于循环前缀。当来自多个通信装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差较大,终端装置也可以从接收到的数据中较好的恢复出各个通信装置发送的数据。基于此可以看出,本申请实施提供的方案中,无论多个通信装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差较小还是较大,本申请实施例都可以适用。又由于在NTN网络中,多个卫星装置的下行定时之间的差值可能大于循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP),即来自多个卫星装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差可能较大,因此本申请实施例也可以适用于NTN网络,本申请提供的方案可以减少对卫星装置发送数据的限制,从而可以降低卫星装置侧的数据传输的复杂度,继而提高NTN通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。The difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be greater than the cyclic prefix, or may be less than or equal to the cyclic prefix. When the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices arriving at the terminal device is large, the terminal device can also better recover the data sent by each communication device from the received data. Based on this, it can be seen that in the solution provided by the implementation of this application, regardless of whether the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices arriving at the terminal device is small or large, the embodiment of this application can be applied. In addition, since in the NTN network, the difference between the downlink timings of multiple satellite devices may be greater than the cyclic prefix (CP), that is, the time difference between the data from multiple satellite devices arriving at the terminal device may be large, the embodiment of this application can also be applied to the NTN network. The solution provided by this application can reduce the restrictions on the satellite device sending data, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side, and then improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the NTN communication system.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置可以与多个通信装置维持同步,但是终端装置可以与第一通信装置建立无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接,与其他通信装置无需建立RRC连接。例如,终端装接收第一通信装置的第一同步信号,继而与第一通信装置建立RRC连接,终端装置接收第二通信装置的第二同步信号,不与第二通信装置建立RRC连接。与终端装置建立RRC连接的通信装置也可以称为主通信装置(例如主卫星装置);其他没有与终端装置建立RRC连接的通信装置,但是终端装置维持了该通信装置的下行同步,这些通信装置可以称为辅通信装置(例如辅卫星装置)。由于终端装置只与第一通信装置建立RRC连接,因此该方案可以降低终端装置侧的方案复杂度。又由于终端装置可以与多个通信装置进行同步,因此终端装置可以对来自多个通信装置在相同资源上发送的数据进行解码,继而恢复出多个通信装置中每个通信装置发送的数据。In one possible implementation, a terminal device can maintain synchronization with multiple communication devices, but the terminal device can establish a radio resource control (RRC) connection with the first communication device, without establishing an RRC connection with other communication devices. For example, the terminal device receives a first synchronization signal from the first communication device and then establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device. The terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device and does not establish an RRC connection with the second communication device. The communication device that establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device can also be referred to as a primary communication device (e.g., a primary satellite device); other communication devices that do not establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, but for which the terminal device maintains downlink synchronization, can be referred to as secondary communication devices (e.g., secondary satellite devices). Because the terminal device only establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device, this solution can reduce the complexity of the solution on the terminal device side. Furthermore, because the terminal device can synchronize with multiple communication devices, the terminal device can decode data sent from multiple communication devices on the same resources and then recover the data sent by each of the multiple communication devices.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息可以包括第二通信装置的信息。第一信息可以用于辅助终端装置接收第二通信装置的同步信号。如此,终端装置可以基于第一信息接收来自第二通信装置的同步信号,继而可以降低终端装置盲检的复杂度,降低接收第二通信装置的同步信号的复杂度,从而提高成功接收到同步信号的效率。In one possible implementation, the first information may include information about the second communication device. The first information may be used to assist the terminal device in receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device. In this way, the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device and the complexity of receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device, thereby improving the efficiency of successfully receiving the synchronization signal.
例如,第一信息包括用于指示以下至少一项的信息:第二通信装置的信息的索引;第二通信装置的星历信息;第二通信装置对应的小区标识;第二通信装置对应的测量定时配置;第二通信装置的同步信号的频点;第二通信装置的同步信号的极化信息;第二通信装置的同步信号对应的序列信息。For example, the first information includes information used to indicate at least one of the following: an index of information of the second communication device; ephemeris information of the second communication device; a cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device; a measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device; a frequency of a synchronization signal of the second communication device; polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device; and sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置向第一通信装置发送第二信息。第二信息指示:终端装置支持第一数据传输方式,和/或,终端装置支持的在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的多个通信装置的数量。In one possible implementation, the terminal device sends second information to the first communication device. The second information indicates that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode and/or the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device that send data to the terminal device on the same resource.
例如,第一数据传输方式包括多个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据。又例如,第一数据传输方式包括:多个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据,多个通信装置中的两个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀。For example, the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to a terminal device on the same resource. In another example, the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resource, and a difference between downlink timings corresponding to data sent by two of the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resource is greater than a cyclic prefix.
在第二信息包括用于指示终端装置支持第一数据传输方式的信息的情况下,第一通信装置可以基于第二信息的内容确定终端装置的能力,即终端装置是否支持第一数据传输方式。继而第一通信装置可以基于终端装置的能力为终端装置配置数据传输方式。例如第一通信装置可以为支持第一数据传输方式的终端装置配置多个通信装置在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据,以便提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。又例如,第一通信装置可以为不支持第一数据传输方式的终端装置配置单个通信装置的数据传输,以避免数据传输方式超过终端装置的能力,继而导致的数据传输失败情况的发生。In the case where the second information includes information indicating that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode, the first communication device can determine the capabilities of the terminal device based on the content of the second information, that is, whether the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode. The first communication device can then configure the data transmission mode for the terminal device based on the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, the first communication device can configure multiple communication devices to transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources for a terminal device that supports the first data transmission mode, so as to improve the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system. For another example, the first communication device can configure a single communication device to transmit data for a terminal device that does not support the first data transmission mode, so as to avoid the data transmission mode exceeding the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby causing data transmission failure.
在第二信息包括终端装置支持的在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的多个通信装置的数量的情况下,第一通信装置基于各个终端装置的能力为终端装置配置不同的数据传输方式。例如第一通信装置配置的用于在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的通信装置的数量可以不超过终端装置的能力范围,从而防止通信失败情况的发生。另一方面,当终端装置支持的通信装置的数量越多,第一通信装置可以为该终端装置配置的通信装置的数量也越多。可以看出,第一通信装置可以结合各个终端装置的能力灵活配置,从而可以使该方案可以更好的与不同能力的终端装置兼容,从而可以最大化的提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或通信谱效。In the case where the second information includes the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource, the first communication device configures different data transmission modes for the terminal device based on the capabilities of each terminal device. For example, the number of communication devices configured by the first communication device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource may not exceed the capability range of the terminal device, thereby preventing the occurrence of communication failures. On the other hand, the more communication devices supported by the terminal device, the more communication devices the first communication device can configure for the terminal device. It can be seen that the first communication device can be flexibly configured in combination with the capabilities of each terminal device, so that the solution can be better compatible with terminal devices of different capabilities, thereby maximizing the throughput and/or communication spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置发送第三信息。其中,第三信息指示以下至少一项:终端装置检测到第二通信装置的同步信号;终端装置与第二通信装置建立下行定时同步。终端装置在接收到至少一个通信装置的同步信号后,或与至少一个通信装置建立下行定时同步后可以发送第三信息,以便向第一通信装置指示终端装置可以从哪些通信装置接收数据,继而使第一通信装置为终端装置配置可以在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的通信装置。In one possible implementation, the terminal device transmits third information. The third information indicates at least one of the following: the terminal device has detected a synchronization signal from a second communication device; or the terminal device has established downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device. After receiving a synchronization signal from at least one communication device, or establishing downlink timing synchronization with at least one communication device, the terminal device may transmit the third information to indicate to the first communication device which communication devices the terminal device can receive data from, thereby enabling the first communication device to configure a communication device for the terminal device that can transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources.
一种可能的实施方式中,第三信息包括以下至少一项:第二通信装置的信息对应的索引、第二通信装置的标识、第二通信装置对应的小区的标识、第二通信装置对应的测量结果信息。测量结果信息例如可以包括信号检测结果、链路质量、信道质量以及信号质量中的至少一项。In one possible implementation, the third information includes at least one of the following: an index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, an identifier of the second communication device, an identifier of a cell corresponding to the second communication device, and measurement result information corresponding to the second communication device. The measurement result information may, for example, include at least one of a signal detection result, link quality, channel quality, and signal quality.
在第三信息包括第二通信装置的信息对应索引的情况下,第一通信装置可以根据第二通信装置的信息对应的索引查找索引和通信装置的关联关系,继而将该索引对应的通信装置确定为终端装置检测到同步信号或建立下行定时同步的通信装置。该方案可以减少第三信息中的信息占用的比特,从而减少信令开销。If the third information includes an index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, the first communication device can search for an association between the index and the communication device based on the index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, and then determine that the communication device corresponding to the index is the communication device that detected the synchronization signal or established downlink timing synchronization with the terminal device. This solution can reduce the number of bits occupied by the information in the third information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
在第三信息包括第二通信装置对应的测量结果信息的情况下,第一通信装置可以知道第二通信装置对应的链路质量,继而可以在为终端装置配置辅通信装置时结合链路质量进行配置,例如可以配置链路质量较好的通信装置为辅通信装置,从而可以提高通信性能。When the third information includes measurement result information corresponding to the second communication device, the first communication device can know the link quality corresponding to the second communication device, and then can configure the auxiliary communication device for the terminal device in combination with the link quality. For example, the communication device with better link quality can be configured as the auxiliary communication device, thereby improving the communication performance.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置接收第四信息。第四信息包括用于指示第二通信装置的信息,第四信息指示第一通信装置与第二通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据。终端装置基于第四信息,维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。第四信息指示的通信装置可以理解为被激活的通信装置,或者被设置为辅通信装置的通信装置。通过该方案可以看出,第一通信装置可以从终端装置能够接收到同步信号的通信装置中选择部分或全部通信装置作为辅通信装置(例如可以基于链路质量选择),以便后续与辅通信装置一起在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据。又一方面,该方案中由于第一通信装置可以选择辅通信装置进行激活,因此第一通信装置可以基于多种因素选择更加合适的通信装置作为辅通信装置,例如可以基于辅通信装置的负荷量和/或链路质量等信息选择辅通信装置,该方案可以提高通信性能。In one possible implementation, the terminal device receives fourth information. The fourth information includes information for indicating the second communication device, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device send data to the terminal device on the same resource. Based on the fourth information, the terminal device maintains synchronization with the downlink timing of the second communication device. The communication device indicated by the fourth information can be understood as an activated communication device, or a communication device set as an auxiliary communication device. It can be seen from this scheme that the first communication device can select some or all of the communication devices from the communication devices from which the terminal device can receive synchronization signals as auxiliary communication devices (for example, they can be selected based on link quality) so that they can subsequently send data to the terminal device on the same resource together with the auxiliary communication device. On the other hand, in this scheme, since the first communication device can select an auxiliary communication device for activation, the first communication device can select a more suitable communication device as the auxiliary communication device based on multiple factors. For example, the auxiliary communication device can be selected based on information such as the load amount and/or link quality of the auxiliary communication device. This scheme can improve communication performance.
一种可能的实施方式中,第四信息还指示终端装置选择第一数据处理方式接收来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据。第一数据处理方式具有处理通过第一数据传输方式传输的数据的能力。在第四信息指示终端装置的数据处理方式的情况下,终端装置可以基于第四信息采用合适的数据处理方式对接收到的数据进行处理,继而可以提高数据正确接收的概率,从而提高通信性能。In one possible implementation, the fourth information further instructs the terminal device to select a first data processing mode for receiving data from the first communication device and the second communication device. The first data processing mode is capable of processing data transmitted via the first data transmission mode. If the fourth information indicates the data processing mode of the terminal device, the terminal device may process the received data using an appropriate data processing mode based on the fourth information, thereby increasing the probability of correct data reception and thereby improving communication performance.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置接收第五信息。第五信息指示第二通信装置停止与第一通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据。终端装置停止维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。第五信息指示的通信装置可以理解为被去激活的通信装置,或者不再属于辅通信装置的通信装置。终端装置接收到第五信息之后,可以停止维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。从而可以降低方案的复杂度。In one possible implementation, the terminal device receives fifth information. The fifth information instructs the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device on the same resources as the first communication device. The terminal device then stops maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device. The communication device indicated by the fifth information can be understood as a deactivated communication device, or a communication device that no longer belongs to the auxiliary communication device. After receiving the fifth information, the terminal device can stop maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device. This can reduce the complexity of the solution.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为第二卫星装置。本申请实施提供的方案中,无论多个通信装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差较小还是较大,本申请实施例都可以适用。又由于在NTN网络中,多个卫星装置的下行定时之间的差值可能大于CP,即来自多个卫星装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差可能较大,因此本申请实施例也可以适用于NTN网络,本申请提供的方案可以减少对卫星装置发送数据的限制,从而可以降低卫星装置侧的数据传输的复杂度,继而提高NTN通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。In one possible implementation, the first communication device is a first satellite device, and the second communication device is a second satellite device. The solutions provided in this application are applicable regardless of whether the time difference between data from multiple communication devices reaching a terminal device is small or large. Furthermore, in an NTN network, the difference between the downlink timings of multiple satellite devices may be greater than the CP, meaning that the time difference between data from multiple satellite devices reaching a terminal device may be large. Therefore, the solutions provided in this application are also applicable to NTN networks. The solutions provided in this application can reduce restrictions on data transmission by satellite devices, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the NTN communication system.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置从第三数据中得到第一数据。终端装置基于第一数据和信道对信号的影响情况,得到第四数据,第四数据包括受到信道影响的第一数据。终端装置从第三数据中去除第四数据,得到第五数据。终端装置从第五数据中得到第二数据。通过上述方案可以消除多个通信装置向终端装置发送的信号的干扰。而且上述干扰消除方法可以更好的从接收到的叠加信号中获取多个通信装置分别发送的数据。In one possible implementation, the terminal device obtains the first data from the third data. Based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal, the terminal device obtains fourth data, where the fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel. The terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain fifth data. The terminal device obtains the second data from the fifth data. The above solution can eliminate interference between signals sent to the terminal device by multiple communication devices. Furthermore, the above interference elimination method can better obtain data sent by multiple communication devices from the received superimposed signal.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一通信装置执行。第一通信装置可以包括网络设备或网络设备内部的芯片系统。例如,第一通信装置可以包括卫星装置或卫星装置内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。又例如,第一通信装置可以包括地面站或地面站内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。地面站例如可以包括部署于地面的网络设备(例如接入网设备))。In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a first communication device. The first communication device may include a network device or a chip system inside the network device. For example, the first communication device may include a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device. For another example, the first communication device may include a ground station or a chip (or chip system) inside the ground station. The ground station may, for example, include a network device deployed on the ground (such as an access network device).
第一通信装置发送第一信息。第一信息包括第二通信装置的信息,第一信息用于辅助终端装置接收第二通信装置的同步信号。第一通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第一数据,第一资源还用于第二通信装置向终端装置发送第二数据。A first communication device sends first information. The first information includes information about a second communication device, and the first information is used to assist a terminal device in receiving a synchronization signal from the second communication device. The first communication device sends first data to a terminal device over a first resource, and the first resource is also used by the second communication device to send second data to the terminal device.
本申请提供的方法中,多个通信装置(例如第一通信装置和第二通信装置)可以使用相同的资源(例如时频和/或频域资源)向同一个终端装置传输不同的数据,从而可以提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。In the method provided in the present application, multiple communication devices (e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device) can use the same resources (e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一资源的配置信息。如此,第二通信装置可以基于第一资源的配置信息确定第一资源,继而在第一资源上向终端装置发送数据。该方案中,第一通信装置可以直接确定哪些资源作为多个通信装置发送数据所共同使用的资源,该方案可以降低第一通信装置的方案的复杂度。In one possible implementation, a first communication device sends configuration information of a first resource to a second communication device. The second communication device can then determine the first resource based on the configuration information and subsequently send data to the terminal device over the first resource. In this solution, the first communication device can directly determine which resources are shared by multiple communication devices for data transmission, reducing the complexity of the solution for the first communication device.
第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第二数据。如此,第一通信装置可以分配其他通信装置向终端装置发送的数据。例如第一通信装置可以基于工作负荷量,链路质量等因素更加合理的分配各个通信装置向终端装置发送的数据,从而提高通信性能。The first communication device sends the second data to the second communication device. In this way, the first communication device can distribute the data sent by other communication devices to the terminal device. For example, the first communication device can more reasonably distribute the data sent by each communication device to the terminal device based on factors such as workload and link quality, thereby improving communication performance.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送用于指示第一区域的信息。终端装置位于第一区域。例如,用于指示第一区域的信息包括:第一区域内的波位信息,和/或,终端装置的位置信息。一种可能的实施方式中,用于指示第一区域的信息用于使第二通信装置向第一区域发送同步信号。第二通信装置收到用于指示第一区域的信息之后,可以确定终端装置所在的区域,继而可以向该区域发送同步信号,以便后续使终端装置维持与第二通信装置的同步。In one possible implementation, a first communication device sends information indicating a first area to a second communication device. The terminal device is located in the first area. For example, the information indicating the first area includes: wave position information within the first area, and/or location information of the terminal device. In one possible implementation, the information indicating the first area is used to enable the second communication device to send a synchronization signal to the first area. After receiving the information indicating the first area, the second communication device can determine the area where the terminal device is located, and then can send a synchronization signal to the area to enable the terminal device to subsequently maintain synchronization with the second communication device.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第六信息。第六信息用于指示第二通信装置停止与第一通信装置在相同的资源向终端装置发送数据。In a possible implementation, the first communication device sends sixth information to the second communication device, wherein the sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device using the same resource as the first communication device.
一种可能的实施方式中,第六信息还用于第二通信装置停止向终端装置所在区域发送同步信号。第二通信装置接收到第六信息之后,可以停止向终端装置所在区域发送同步信号,从而可以降低第二通信装置的功耗。In one possible implementation, the sixth information is further used to cause the second communication device to stop sending synchronization signals to the area where the terminal device is located. After receiving the sixth information, the second communication device may stop sending synchronization signals to the area where the terminal device is located, thereby reducing power consumption of the second communication device.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀。相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In one possible implementation, the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device is greater than the cyclic prefix. For related content and beneficial effects, please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息的相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the relevant content and beneficial effects of the first information can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned first aspect or possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置接收第二信息。第二信息的相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the first communication device receives the second information. The relevant content and beneficial effects of the second information are described in the above-mentioned first aspect or the possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置接收第三信息。第三信息的相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the first communication device receives third information. For relevant content and beneficial effects of the third information, refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置发送第四信息。第四信息的相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the first communication device sends fourth information. For the relevant content and beneficial effects of the fourth information, please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置发送第五信息。第五信息的相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面或第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the first communication device sends fifth information. For the relevant content and beneficial effects of the fifth information, please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect or possible implementation of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为第二卫星装置。In a possible implementation, the first communication device is a first satellite device, and the second communication device is a second satellite device.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二通信装置执行。第二通信装置可以包括网络设备或网络设备内部的芯片系统。例如,第二通信装置可以包括卫星装置或卫星装置内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。又例如,第二通信装置可以包括地面站或地面站内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。地面站例如可以包括部署于地面的网络设备(例如接入网设备))。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a second communication device. The second communication device may include a network device or a chip system inside the network device. For example, the second communication device may include a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device. For another example, the second communication device may include a ground station or a chip (or chip system) inside the ground station. The ground station may, for example, include a network device deployed on the ground (such as an access network device).
第二通信装置发送第二同步信号。第二通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第二数据,第一资源还用于第一通信装置向终端装置发送第一数据。The second communication device sends a second synchronization signal. The second communication device sends second data to the terminal device on the first resource, and the first resource is also used by the first communication device to send first data to the terminal device.
本申请提供的方法中,多个通信装置(例如第一通信装置和第二通信装置)可以使用相同的资源(例如时频和/或频域资源)向同一个终端装置传输不同的数据,从而可以提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。In the method provided in the present application, multiple communication devices (e.g., a first communication device and a second communication device) can use the same resources (e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二通信装置接收第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据。相关内容和有益效果参见前述第二方面或第二方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the second communication device receives the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data. For related contents and beneficial effects, please refer to the related description of the second aspect or possible implementation of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二通信装置接收用于指示第一区域的信息,终端装置位于第一区域。第二通信装置向第一区域发送第二同步信号。一种可能的实施方式中,用于指示第一区域的信息包括:第一区域内的波位信息,和/或,终端装置的位置信息。相关内容和有益效果参见前述第二方面或第二方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In one possible implementation, the second communication device receives information indicating a first area, and the terminal device is located in the first area. The second communication device transmits a second synchronization signal to the first area. In one possible implementation, the information indicating the first area includes: wave position information within the first area, and/or location information of the terminal device. For related content and beneficial effects, refer to the description of the second aspect or possible implementations of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二通信装置接收第六信息。第六信息用于指示第二通信装置停止通过第一传输方式向终端装置发送数据,第一传输方式包括第二通信装置与第一通信装置在相同的资源向终端装置发送数据。第二通信装置停止向终端装置所在区域发送第二同步信号。相关内容和有益效果参见前述第二方面或第二方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In one possible implementation, the second communication device receives sixth information. The sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device using a first transmission mode, where the first transmission mode includes the second communication device and the first communication device sending data to the terminal device using the same resources. The second communication device stops sending the second synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located. For related content and beneficial effects, refer to the description of the second aspect or possible implementations of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀。相关内容和有益效果参见前述第一方面、第一方面的可能的实施方式、第二方面或第二方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。In one possible implementation, the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device is greater than the cyclic prefix. For related content and beneficial effects, refer to the description of the first aspect, possible implementation of the first aspect, second aspect, or possible implementation of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置。该通信装置可以包括通信单元和处理单元,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。通信单元用于执行与发送和接收相关的功能。通信单元可以称为收发单元。可选地,通信单元包括接收单元和发送单元。在一种设计中,通信装置为通信芯片,处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器或处理器核心,通信单元可以为通信芯片的输入输出电路、输入输出接口或者天线端口。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device. The communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects. The communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving. The communication unit may be referred to as a transceiver unit. Optionally, the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores, and the communication unit may be an input/output circuit, an input/output interface, or an antenna port of the communication chip.
在另一种设计中,通信单元可以为发射器和接收器,或者通信单元为发射机和接收机。In another design, the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
可选的,通信装置还包括可用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式的各个模块。Optionally, the communication device further includes modules that can be used to execute any one of the first to third aspects above, or execute any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置。该通信装置可以包括处理器和存储器,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。可选的,还包括收发器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,当处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device. The communication device may include a processor and a memory to perform any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects. Optionally, it also includes a transceiver, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory. When the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, the communication device performs any of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
可选的,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选的,存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
可选的,收发器中可以包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置。该通信装置可以包括处理器,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。该处理器与存储器耦合。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. This communication device can be the aforementioned terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device. The communication device can include a processor to perform any of the aforementioned aspects 1 to 3, or any possible implementation of the aspects 1 to 3. The processor is coupled to a memory. Optionally, the communication device also includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置时,通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, when the communication device is a terminal device, a first communication device, or a second communication device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在又一种实现方式中,当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another implementation, when the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin, or related circuits on the chip or chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
第七方面,提供了一种系统,系统包括上述终端装置。In a seventh aspect, a system is provided, which includes the above-mentioned terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,该系统还可以包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置。In a possible implementation, the system may further include a first communication device and a second communication device.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, which includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when executed, enables a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In the ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions). When the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects, or executes any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
第十方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括:接口电路和处理电路。接口电路可以包括输入电路和输出电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号,并通过输出电路发射信号,使得上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式被实现。In a tenth aspect, a processing device is provided, comprising: an interface circuit and a processing circuit. The interface circuit may include an input circuit and an output circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive signals via the input circuit and transmit signals via the output circuit, thereby implementing any of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation, the processing device may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a trigger, or various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, received and input by a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter. The input circuit and the output circuit may be the same circuit, which functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.
在一种实现方式中,当通信装置是终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置。接口电路可以为终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置中的射频处理芯片,处理电路可以为终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置中的基带处理芯片。In one implementation, when the communication device is a terminal device, a first communication device, or a second communication device, the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device.
在又一种实现方式中,通信装置可以是终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置中的部分器件,如系统芯片或通信芯片等集成电路产品。接口电路可以为该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理电路可以为该芯片上的逻辑电路。In another implementation, the communication device may be a component of a terminal device, a first communication device, or a second communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system-on-chip (SoC) or a communication chip. The interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin, or related circuit on the chip or chip system. The processing circuit may be a logic circuit on the chip.
图1A为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1C为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1D为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1D is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1E为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1E is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1F为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1F is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图1G为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1G is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供一种可能的多个通信装置传输的信息的到达终端装置的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of possible information transmitted by multiple communication devices reaching a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的终端装置获取数据的方法流程示意图;FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of a possible method for a terminal device to obtain data provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG7 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图。FIG8 is another schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
下面对本申请实施例涉及到的术语和名词进行介绍。The following is an introduction to the terms and nouns involved in the embodiments of this application.
(1)资源。(1) Resources.
本申请实施例中的资源比如可以包括时域资源和/或频域资源。The resources in the embodiments of the present application may include, for example, time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.
(1.1)时域资源。(1.1) Time domain resources.
时域资源可以包括无线帧、子帧、时隙(slot)、微时隙(mini slot)或者符号(symbol)(例如,正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)、例如离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)扩展OFDM(DFT-spread OFDM,DFT-S-OFDM),正交化时频空域(orthogonal time frequency and space,OTFS)等)中的至少一项。Time domain resources may include at least one of a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot or a symbol (for example, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), discrete Fourier transform (DFT) spread OFDM (DFT-spread OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM), orthogonal time frequency and space (OTFS), etc.).
一个时域单元可以包括一个无线帧、一个子帧、一个时隙(slot)、一个微时隙(mini slot)或者一个OFDM符号(symbol)。一个时域单元还可以包括由多个无线帧或多个子帧或多个时隙或多个微时隙或多个OFDM符号聚合组成的资源。其中,一个无线帧可以包括多个子帧,一个子帧可以包括一个或多个时隙,一个时隙可以包括至少一个符号。或者,一个无线帧可以包括多个时隙,一个时隙可以包括至少一个符号。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,一个OFDM符号也可以简称为一个符号。A time domain unit may include a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a mini-slot, or an OFDM symbol. A time domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple radio frames, multiple subframes, multiple time slots, multiple mini-slots, or multiple OFDM symbols. Among them, a radio frame may include multiple subframes, a subframe may include one or more time slots, and a time slot may include at least one symbol. Alternatively, a radio frame may include multiple time slots, and a time slot may include at least one symbol. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, an OFDM symbol may also be simply referred to as a symbol.
根据子载波间隔不同,每个符号长度可以不同,因此时隙长度可以不同。例如15kHz的子载波间隔对应的一个时隙的长度为0.5ms,60kHz的子载波间隔对应的一个时隙的长度为0.125ms,等等。Depending on the subcarrier spacing, the length of each symbol can be different, and therefore the time slot length can be different. For example, a time slot length corresponding to a 15kHz subcarrier spacing is 0.5ms, a time slot length corresponding to a 60kHz subcarrier spacing is 0.125ms, and so on.
本申请实施例中,时域单元也可以替换为:时域资源单元或时域单元等。In the embodiment of the present application, the time domain unit can also be replaced by: a time domain resource unit or a time domain unit, etc.
(1.2)频域资源。(1.2) Frequency domain resources.
在频域上,频域资源可以包括一个或多个频域单元。其中,一个频域单元可以是一个资源块(resource block,RB)、一个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)、一个子载波(subcarrier)、一个资源块组(resource block group,RBG)、一个预定义的子带(subband)、一个预编码资源块组(precoding resource block group,PRG)、资源池(resource pool)、一个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)、一个资源元素(resource element,RE)(也可称资源单元或资源粒子)、一个载波、一个服务小区。其中,PRB和RB可以互相替换。可选的,资源池可以包括一个或多个资源,这些资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或空域资源中的至少一项。资源池中包括的资源数量和大小,可以是预定的或信令配置的。In the frequency domain, frequency domain resources may include one or more frequency domain units. A frequency domain unit may be a resource block (RB), a physical resource block (PRB), a subcarrier, a resource block group (RBG), a predefined subband, a precoding resource block group (PRG), a resource pool, a bandwidth part (BWP), a resource element (RE) (also known as a resource unit or resource particle), a carrier, or a serving cell. PRB and RB are interchangeable. Optionally, a resource pool may include one or more resources, which may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or spatial domain resources. The number and size of resources included in a resource pool may be predetermined or configured by signaling.
子载波或RE都是指的多载波系统中,在特定的符号上的一个最小的频域单元。子载波间隔(sub-carrier spacing,SCS)是OFDM系统中,频域上相邻的两个子载波的中心位置或峰值位置之间的间隔值。在5G NR中,引入了多种子载波间隔,不同的载波可以有不同的子载波间隔。基线为15kHz,可以是15kHz×2n,n是整数,从3.75、7.5直到480kHz。本申请实施例中RE可以是指时频资源的资源单位,比如可以视为最小的时频资源单位。在本申请中,子载波和RE可以互用,其内含相同。Subcarrier or RE refers to a minimum frequency domain unit on a specific symbol in a multi-carrier system. Subcarrier spacing (SCS) is the spacing value between the center position or peak position of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain in an OFDM system. In 5G NR, a variety of subcarrier spacings are introduced, and different carriers can have different subcarrier spacings. The baseline is 15kHz, which can be 15kHz×2n, where n is an integer from 3.75, 7.5 to 480kHz. In the embodiment of the present application, RE may refer to a resource unit of time-frequency resources, for example, it can be regarded as the smallest time-frequency resource unit. In this application, subcarriers and RE can be used interchangeably, and their contents are the same.
子信道,是物理侧行共享信道占用频域资源的最小单位,一个子信道可以包括一个或多个资源块(resource block,RB)。无线通信系统在频域上的带宽可以包括多个RB,例如,在LTE系统的各可能的带宽中,包括的物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)可以为6个、15个、25个、50个等。在频域上,一个RB可以包括若干个子载波,例如,在LTE系统中,一个RB包括12个子载波,其中,每个子载波间隔可以为15kHz,当然,也可以采用其他子载波间隔,例如3.75kHz、30kHz、60kHz或120kHz子载波间隔,在此不作限制。A subchannel is the smallest unit of frequency domain resources occupied by the physical sidelink shared channel. A subchannel can include one or more resource blocks (RBs). The bandwidth of a wireless communication system in the frequency domain can include multiple RBs. For example, in each possible bandwidth of an LTE system, the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) included can be 6, 15, 25, 50, and so on. In the frequency domain, an RB can include several subcarriers. For example, in an LTE system, an RB includes 12 subcarriers, where each subcarrier is spaced 15 kHz apart. Of course, other subcarrier spacings can also be used, such as 3.75 kHz, 30 kHz, 60 kHz, or 120 kHz subcarrier spacing, without limitation here.
一个频域单元可以包括一个RE、一个RB、一个信道、一个子信道(sub channel)、一个载波(carrier),或一个部分带宽(BWP,bandwidth part)等。一个频域单元还可以包括由多个RE或多个RB或多个子信道或多个载波或多个BWP聚合组成的资源。本申请实施例中,信道可以等价替换为资源块集(resource block set,RB set),一个RB set的频域带宽可以是20兆赫兹(mega hertz,MHz)。A frequency domain unit may include an RE, an RB, a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP). A frequency domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple REs, multiple RBs, multiple sub-channels, multiple carriers, or multiple BWPs. In the embodiment of the present application, the channel can be equivalently replaced by a resource block set (RB set), and the frequency domain bandwidth of an RB set can be 20 megahertz (MHz).
本申请实施例中,频域单元也可以替换为:频域资源单元或频率单元等。In the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain unit may also be replaced by: a frequency domain resource unit or a frequency unit, etc.
一个频域资源集可以包括一个或多个频域单元。频域资源集也可以称为频域资源集合、频域资源组等。一个频域资源集例如可以包括资源块集(resource block set,RBset)、一个RB、一个子信道、一个资源池、一个载波、一个BWP。A frequency domain resource set may include one or more frequency domain units. A frequency domain resource set may also be referred to as a frequency domain resource collection, a frequency domain resource group, etc. A frequency domain resource set may include, for example, a resource block set (RBset), an RB, a subchannel, a resource pool, a carrier, and a BWP.
(2)参考信号。(2) Reference signal.
本申请实施例中的参考信号可以包括定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、相位跟踪参考信号(phase-tracking reference signals,PTRS),或同步信号-物理层侧行广播信道块(synchronization signal and physical sidelink broadcast channel block,SSB)中的至少一项。The reference signals in the embodiments of the present application may include at least one of a positioning reference signal (PRS), a sounding reference signal (SRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a phase-tracking reference signal (PTRS), or a synchronization signal-physical sidelink broadcast channel block (SSB).
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:地面通信系统,NTN通信系统,例如卫星通信系统。其中,卫星通信系统可以与移动通信系统相融合。例如:移动通信系统可以为第四代(4th Generation,4G)通信系统(例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统),全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统(例如,新无线(new radio,NR)系统),及未来的移动通信系统等。移动通信系统还可以为车到万物(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统,物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as terrestrial communication systems, NTN communication systems, and satellite communication systems. Among them, the satellite communication system can be integrated with the mobile communication system. For example, the mobile communication system can be a fourth-generation (4G) communication system (for example, a long-term evolution (LTE) system), a world-wide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, a fifth-generation (5G) communication system (for example, a new radio (NR) system), and future mobile communication systems. The mobile communication system can also be a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) system or an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
(3)区域。(3) Region.
区域(例如本申请实施例涉及到的第一区域):除特殊说明外,本申请下述实施例中的“区域”均指地理区域。区域相对于地球固定,或者理解为区域指相对地球固定的地理区域。示例性的,区域可以具有以下至少一项属性:形状、轮廓、大小、半径、面积、地理位置等。Region (e.g., the first region involved in the embodiments of this application): Unless otherwise specified, the term "region" in the following embodiments of this application refers to a geographic region. A region is fixed relative to the Earth, or it can be understood that a region refers to a fixed geographic area relative to the Earth. For example, a region can have at least one of the following attributes: shape, outline, size, radius, area, geographic location, etc.
“区域”还可以具有高度属性,即区域可以理解为某个给定高度或高度范围的地理区域。默认情况下,区域可以指地面上海拔高度为0千米(km)或海拔高度在0km左右(如[-2,2]km范围内)的地理区域,或者指某一平均海拔高度的地理区域。此外,也可以指其他特定高度或特定高度范围的地理区域,例如海拔高度为10km的地理区域,或海拔高度在10km左右(如[7,13]km范围内)的地理区域。"Region" can also have an altitude attribute, that is, a region can be understood as a geographical area of a given altitude or altitude range. By default, a region can refer to a geographical area with an altitude of 0 kilometers (km) above sea level or an altitude of about 0 km (such as in the range of [-2, 2] km), or a geographical area with a certain average altitude. In addition, it can also refer to geographical areas of other specific altitudes or specific altitude ranges, such as a geographical area with an altitude of 10 km above sea level, or a geographical area with an altitude of about 10 km (such as in the range of [7, 13] km).
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述相对于地球固定的区域也可以称为“波位”、“地理区域”等。当然,还可以有其他名称,本申请对相对于地球固定的区域的名称不作具体限定。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned region fixed relative to the earth may also be referred to as a "wave position", "geographical region", etc. Of course, other names are also possible, and this application does not specifically limit the name of the region fixed relative to the earth.
不同区域的形状、轮廓、大小、半径、面积可以相同也可以不相同。不同区域的地理位置不同。不同区域之间可以存在重叠也可以不存在重叠。The shapes, outlines, sizes, radii, and areas of different regions may or may not be the same. Different regions may have different geographical locations. Different regions may or may not overlap.
在一种可能的实施方式中,区域相对地球固定,可以理解为:区域的轮廓、大小或地理位置不变,例如区域的轮廓、大小或地理位置不随时间的变化而变化。或者,区域相对地球固定,可以理解为:区域轮廓以及区域中的点可以通过地球固定坐标系描述,或区域轮廓上的各个点在地球固定坐标系中的坐标固定不变。In one possible implementation, a region is fixed relative to the Earth, which can be understood as: the region's outline, size, or geographic location remains unchanged. For example, the region's outline, size, or geographic location does not change over time. Alternatively, a region is fixed relative to the Earth, which can be understood as: the region's outline and points within the region can be described using an Earth-fixed coordinate system, or the coordinates of each point on the region's outline in the Earth-fixed coordinate system are fixed and unchanging.
在一种可能的实施方式中,区域的形状可以为正六边形,或者为其他形状如正五边形、圆形、椭圆形等。或者,区域的形状还可以为不规则形状,不予限制。In a possible embodiment, the shape of the region may be a regular hexagon, or other shapes such as a regular pentagon, a circle, an ellipse, etc. Alternatively, the shape of the region may be an irregular shape, which is not limited.
示例性的,区域的形状可以是协议定义的,或者可以是网络设备定义的。不同网络设备定义的区域形状可以相同,也可以不同。同一网络设备也可以定义多种区域形状。类似的,区域的大小、半径、面积也可以是协议定义的,或者可以是网络设备定义的。不同网络设备定义的区域大小、半径、面积可以相同,也可以不同。同一网络设备也可以定义多种区域大小、多种区域半径、或多种区域面积。For example, the shape of a region can be defined by a protocol or by a network device. The region shapes defined by different network devices can be the same or different. The same network device can also define multiple region shapes. Similarly, the size, radius, and area of a region can be defined by a protocol or by a network device. The size, radius, and area of a region defined by different network devices can be the same or different. The same network device can also define multiple region sizes, multiple region radii, or multiple region areas.
在一种可能的实施方式中,可以将地球表面划分为多个区域,并对多个区域进行索引(如编号)。终端设备和网络设备可以约定对这些区域的编号方式(如从1开始编号还是从0开始编号)以及区域与索引的对应关系。或者协议可以定义对这些区域的编号方式以及区域与索引的对应关系。基于区域的索引,可以确定区域的地理位置等信息。In one possible implementation, the Earth's surface can be divided into multiple regions, and the regions can be indexed (e.g., numbered). The terminal device and the network device can agree on a numbering method for these regions (e.g., starting with 1 or 0) and a correspondence between regions and indices. Alternatively, a protocol can define a numbering method for these regions and a correspondence between regions and indices. Based on the region index, information such as the region's geographic location can be determined.
可选的,划分的多个区域可以完全覆盖地球表面,如地球表面上的任意位置均属于某个区域;或者,划分的多个区域也可以覆盖地球上的部分地理位置,例如,该多个区域可以不覆盖地球南极和/或北极,即南极和/或北极可以不存在该区域。Optionally, the multiple divided areas may completely cover the surface of the earth, such as any location on the surface of the earth belongs to a certain area; or, the multiple divided areas may also cover partial geographical locations on the earth, for example, the multiple areas may not cover the South Pole and/or North Pole of the earth, that is, the South Pole and/or the North Pole may not exist in this area.
可选的,划分多个区域的方式可以由协议定义,或者可以由网络设备定义。不同网络设备定义的划分方式可以相同,也可以不同。同一网络设备也可以定义多种划分方式。Optionally, the method of dividing multiple areas can be defined by a protocol or by a network device. The division methods defined by different network devices can be the same or different. The same network device can also define multiple division methods.
作为第一种可能的划分方式,可以使用一种粒度的经纬度网格划分地球表面,例如,可以以颗粒度为1度的经纬度网格划分地球表面。若仅采用该离散方式,则全球可以划分为360×360=129600个区域,终端设备和网络设备可以将该129600个区域的索引约定为0,1,…,129599,或者也可以约定为1,2,…,129600。As a first possible division method, the Earth's surface can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid of a certain granularity. For example, the Earth's surface can be divided into a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree. If only this discrete method is used, the world can be divided into 360 × 360 = 129,600 regions. Terminal devices and network devices can agree on the indexes of these 129,600 regions as 0, 1, ..., 129599, or 1, 2, ..., 129,600.
可选的,当引入地理区域的高度属性后,可定义多张网格划分地球表面,例如海拔高度0千米(kilometre,km)处或海拔高度在[-2,2]km范围内的网格可以颗粒度为1度的经纬度网格划分地球表面,产生129600个区域。海拔高度10km处或海拔高度在[7,13]km范围内,再以颗粒度为1度的经纬度网格划分,又产生129600个区域。在对这些区域进行索引时,需对索引范围进行扩展,例如总索引为0,1,…,129599,129600,129601,…,259199,其中前129600个序号表示海拔高度为0km或海拔高度在[-2,2]km范围内的区域索引,后129600个序号表示海拔高度为10km或海拔高度在[7,13]km范围内的区域索引。Optionally, after introducing the altitude attribute of a geographic region, multiple grids can be defined to divide the Earth's surface. For example, at an altitude of 0 kilometers (km) or within the range of [-2, 2] km, the Earth's surface can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree, resulting in 129,600 regions. At an altitude of 10 km or within the range of [7, 13] km, the Earth's surface can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree, resulting in another 129,600 regions. When indexing these regions, the index range needs to be expanded. For example, the total index is 0, 1, ..., 129599, 129600, 129601, ..., 259199, where the first 129,600 numbers represent the region indexes at an altitude of 0 km or within the range of [-2, 2] km, and the last 129,600 numbers represent the region indexes at an altitude of 10 km or within the range of [7, 13] km.
示例性的,经纬度网格的粒度可以根据网络设备的类型确定。例如,在网络设备为LEO卫星的情况下,可以采用相对较小的颗粒度进行离散;在网络设备为地球静止轨道(geosynchronous earth orbit,GEO)卫星的情况下,可以采用相对较大的颗粒度进行离散。For example, the granularity of the latitude and longitude grid can be determined based on the type of network device. For example, if the network device is a LEO satellite, a relatively small granularity can be used for discretization; if the network device is a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a relatively large granularity can be used for discretization.
作为第二种可能的划分方式,可以使用多种粒度的经纬度网格划分地球表面,例如,在地球的一部分表面或部分行政区域内以颗粒度为1度的经纬度网格进行划分,在另一部分表面或行政区域内以颗粒度为2度的经纬度网络进行划分。As a second possible division method, the earth's surface can be divided using latitude and longitude grids of various granularities. For example, a part of the earth's surface or a part of the administrative area can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree, and another part of the earth's surface or administrative area can be divided using a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 2 degrees.
或者,在引入地理区域的高度属性后,海拔高度为0km处可以以颗粒度为1度的经纬度网格划分地球表面,海拔高度为10km处可以以颗粒度为2度的经纬度网格划分地球表面。Alternatively, after introducing the height attribute of the geographic area, the earth's surface can be divided into a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1 degree at an altitude of 0 km, and the earth's surface can be divided into a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 2 degrees at an altitude of 10 km.
作为第三种可能的划分方式,可以以行政区域划分地球表面。例如,将一个乡级行政区域作为一个区域。As a third possible division method, the Earth's surface can be divided into administrative regions. For example, a township-level administrative region can be considered as a region.
作为第四种可能的划分方式,对于GEO卫星,可以将GEO卫星的一个波束在地面的投影作为一个区域。由于GEO卫星相对于地球静止,因此,可以认为GEO卫星的波束在地面的投影相对于地球固定。As a fourth possible division method, for GEO satellites, the projection of a GEO satellite beam on the ground can be considered as a region. Since GEO satellites are stationary relative to the Earth, the projection of a GEO satellite beam on the ground can be considered fixed relative to the Earth.
在实际应用中,可以结合多种划分方式对地球表面进行划分,例如,在地球的一部分表面或部分行政区域内以颗粒度为1的经纬度网格进行划分,在另一部分表面或行政区域内按照行政区域进行划分。In practical applications, the Earth's surface can be divided in a combination of multiple division methods. For example, a part of the Earth's surface or administrative area can be divided by a latitude and longitude grid with a granularity of 1, and another part of the Earth's surface or administrative area can be divided according to administrative regions.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在将地球表面划分为多个区域的情况下,可以对同一地表范围进行不同层级的区域划分。示例性的,对于某个地表范围,可以以颗粒度为10度的经纬度网格进行第一层级的区域划分,以颗粒度为6的经纬度网络进行第二层级的区域划分,以颗粒度为1的经纬度网格进行第三层级的区域划分。此时,该地表范围内,第一层级的区域数目大于第二层级的区域数目,第二层级的区域数目大于第三层级的区域数目。此外,该场景下,每一层级的区域可以单独进行编号。In one possible implementation, when the earth's surface is divided into multiple regions, different levels of regional division can be performed on the same surface range. For example, for a certain surface range, the first level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 10 degrees, the second level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 6, and the third level of regional division can be performed with a longitude and latitude grid with a granularity of 1. At this time, within the surface range, the number of regions in the first level is greater than the number of regions in the second level, and the number of regions in the second level is greater than the number of regions in the third level. In addition, in this scenario, the regions of each level can be numbered separately.
图1A示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统1000的架构示意图。如图1A所示,该通信系统包括无线接入网100和核心网200,可选的,通信系统1000还可以包括互联网300。其中,无线接入网100可以包括至少一个无线接入网设备(如图1A中的110a和110b),还可以包括至少一个终端设备(如图1A中的120a-120j)。终端设备通过无线的方式与无线接入网设备相连,无线接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网连接。核心网设备与无线接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与无线接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的无线接入网设备的功能。终端设备和终端设备之间以及无线接入网设备和无线接入网设备之间可以通过有线或无线的方式相互连接。图1A只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图1A中未画出。FIG1A exemplarily illustrates an architectural diagram of a communication system 1000 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1A , the communication system includes a radio access network 100 and a core network 200. Optionally, the communication system 1000 may also include the Internet 300. The radio access network 100 may include at least one radio access network device (such as 110a and 110b in FIG1A ) and at least one terminal device (such as 120a-120j in FIG1A ). The terminal device is wirelessly connected to the radio access network device, and the radio access network device is wirelessly or wiredly connected to the core network. The core network device and the radio access network device may be independent and distinct physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the radio access network device may be integrated into the same physical device, or a single physical device may integrate some of the functions of the core network device and some of the functions of the radio access network device. Terminal devices and radio access network devices may be connected to each other via wired or wireless means. FIG1A is only a schematic diagram. The communication system may further include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG1A .
本申请实施例中所涉及的网络设备,例如包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备。无线接入网设备可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、发送节点(transmission point,TP),第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),还可以是无线单元(radio unit,RU)。这里的CU完成基站的无线资源控制协议和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)的功能,还可以完成业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)的功能;DU完成基站的无线链路控制层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层的功能,还可以完成部分物理层或全部物理层的功能,有关上述各个协议层的具体描述,可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的相关技术规范。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线处理单元(active antenna unit,AAU)或远程射频头(remote radio head,RRH)中。在不同系统中,CU、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放式无线接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)系统中,CU也可以称为开放式CU(open-CU,O-CU),DU也可以称为开放式DU(open-DU,O-DU),RU也可以称为开放式RU(open-RU,O-RU)。本申请中的CU(或CU控制面(CU control plane,CU-CP)、CU用户面(CU user plane,CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。CU-CP也可以称为开放式CU-CP(open-CU-CP,O-CU-CP),CU-UP也可以称为开放式CU-UP(open-CU-UP,O-CU-UP)。The network devices involved in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, radio access network (RAN) devices. A radio access network device may be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), a next-generation NodeB (gNB) in a fifth-generation (5G) mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a WiFi system. It may also be a module or unit that performs some of the functions of a base station, for example, a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), or a radio unit (RU). The CU implements the base station's radio resource control protocol and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) functions, and can also implement the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) functions. The DU implements the base station's radio link control layer and medium access control (MAC) layer functions, and can also implement some or all of the physical layer functions. For detailed descriptions of each of these protocol layers, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). The CU and DU can be configured separately or included in the same network element, such as the baseband unit (BBU). The RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), or remote radio head (RRH). In different systems, CU, DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings. For example, in an open radio access network (ORAN) system, CU may also be called an open CU (open-CU, O-CU), DU may also be called an open DU (open-DU, O-DU), and RU may also be called an open RU (open-RU, O-RU). Any unit in the CU (or CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP), CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application can be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module. CU-CP may also be called an open CU-CP (open-CU-CP, O-CU-CP), and CU-UP may also be called an open CU-UP (open-CU-UP, O-CU-UP).
图1B示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种O-RAN系统架构示意图。本申请提供的实施例中O-RAN系统可以包括图1B中所示的组件之外的其他组件。如图1B所示,接入网设备(RAN,例如可以是eNB或gNB或下一代接入网设备)通过回传链路(Backhaul)与核心网(core network,CN)通信,通过空口与用户设备(user equipment,UE)通信。例如,接入网设备中的基带单元(Baseband Unit,BBU)通过回传链路(Backhaul)与核心网通信,接入网设备中的射频单元(Radio Unit,RU)通过空口与至少一个UE通信。BBU通过前传链路与至少一个RU通信,BBU和RU可以是共址的,也可以不是共址的。BBU包括至少一个控制单元(Control Unit,CU)和至少一个分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU),它们可以通过至少一个中传链路(Midhaul)进行通信。本申请实施例中第一通信装置可以向终端装置(例如UE)配置辅通信装置的信息,还可以向终端装置发送用于激活或去激活一个或多个通信装置的信令等,这些信令的发送可以由第一通信装置中的CU和/或DU向终端装置发送。Figure 1B illustrates an exemplary O-RAN system architecture diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application. The O-RAN system in the embodiment provided in the present application may include components other than those shown in Figure 1B. As shown in Figure 1B, an access network device (RAN, which may be, for example, an eNB, gNB, or next-generation access network device) communicates with the core network (CN) via a backhaul link and with user equipment (UE) via an air interface. For example, a baseband unit (BBU) in the access network device communicates with the core network via a backhaul link, and a radio unit (RU) in the access network device communicates with at least one UE via an air interface. The BBU communicates with at least one RU via a fronthaul link, and the BBU and RU may or may not be co-located. The BBU includes at least one control unit (CU) and at least one distributed unit (DU), which may communicate via at least one midhaul link. In an embodiment of the present application, the first communication device can configure information of the auxiliary communication device to the terminal device (e.g., UE), and can also send signaling for activating or deactivating one or more communication devices to the terminal device. These signalings can be sent by the CU and/or DU in the first communication device to the terminal device.
图1C示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种O-RAN系统架构示意图。如图1C所示,O-RAN可以包括O-CU-CP、O-CU-UP、O-DU以及O-RU。该系统架构还可以包括开放式云(O-cloud)、服务管理以及编配架构(service management and orchestration framework)、开放式eNB(open eNB,O-eNB)以及近(near)-实时(real time,RT)无线接入网智能控制接入器(RAN Intelligent Controller,RIC)和非(non)-实时(real time)RIC。非(non)-RT RIC可以实现对多个O-CU-CP、O-CU-UP、DU或O-eNB中的至少一项的无线资源的监控、配置、管理和控制。如图1C所示,3GPP定义的接口例如包括:E1,F1(例如F1-c、F1-u),NG(例如NG-c、NG-u),Xn(例如Xn-c、Xn-u),X2(例如X2-c、X2-u)。例如,O-RAN通信系统还包括一些接口,例如O1,O2,E2,A1,开放式(Open)-前传(front hual,FH)(例如开放式-FH控制(M)-面(plane),又例如开放式-FH控制、用户和同步(control,user and synchronization,CUS)-面(plane))等接口。图1C中示出的各个接口的名称以及各个单元的连接方式为一种示例,实际应用中,O-RAN系统可以包括更多或更少的接口,或包括更多或更少的单元。Figure 1C illustrates an exemplary O-RAN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1C , the O-RAN may include an O-CU-CP, an O-CU-UP, an O-DU, and an O-RU. The system architecture may also include an open cloud (O-cloud), a service management and orchestration framework (service management and orchestration framework), an open eNB (O-eNB), a near-real-time (RT) RAN Intelligent Controller (RIC), and a non-real-time (NR) RIC. The non-RT RIC can monitor, configure, manage, and control the radio resources of at least one of multiple O-CU-CPs, O-CU-UPs, DUs, or O-eNBs. As shown in Figure 1C , 3GPP-defined interfaces include, for example, E1, F1 (e.g., F1-c, F1-u), NG (e.g., NG-c, NG-u), Xn (e.g., Xn-c, Xn-u), and X2 (e.g., X2-c, X2-u). For example, the O-RAN communication system also includes interfaces such as O1, O2, E2, A1, and Open Fronthaul (FH) (e.g., the Open FH control (M) plane and the Open FH control, user, and synchronization (CUS) plane). The names of the interfaces and the connection methods of the various units shown in Figure 1C are merely examples. In actual applications, the O-RAN system may include more or fewer interfaces or more or fewer units.
无线接入网设备可以是宏基站(如图1A中的110a),也可以是微基站或室内站(如图1A中的110b),还可以是中继节点或施主节点等。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为了便于描述,下文以基站作为无线接入网设备的例子进行描述。The wireless access network device can be a macro base station (such as 110a in Figure 1A), a micro base station or an indoor station (such as 110b in Figure 1A), a relay node, a donor node, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and device form used by the wireless access network device. For ease of description, the following description uses a base station as an example of a wireless access network device.
终端设备也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端设备等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备,传感器等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Terminal devices may also be referred to as terminal devices, user equipment (UE), mobile stations, mobile terminal devices, etc. Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, etc. Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, sensors, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal devices.
上述终端设备可通过运营商网络提供的接口(例如N1等)与运营商网络建立连接,使用运营商网络提供的数据和/或语音等服务。终端设备还可通过运营商网络访问域名系统(domain name system,DNS),使用DNS上部署的运营商业务,和/或第三方提供的业务。其中,上述第三方可为运营商网络和终端设备之外的服务方,可为终端设备提供他数据和/或语音等服务。其中,上述第三方的具体表现形式,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。The terminal device can establish a connection with the operator network through an interface provided by the operator network (such as N1, etc.) and use data and/or voice services provided by the operator network. The terminal device can also access the domain name system (DNS) through the operator network and use operator services deployed on the DNS and/or services provided by a third party. The third party can be a service provider outside the operator network and the terminal device, and can provide other data and/or voice services to the terminal device. The specific form of the third party can be determined according to the actual application scenario and is not limited here.
终端设备也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端设备等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备、路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Terminal devices may also be referred to as terminal devices, user equipment (UE), mobile stations, mobile terminal devices, etc. Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, etc. Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, roadside units (RSUs), etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal devices.
基站和终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。基站和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对基站和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Base stations and terminal devices can be fixed or mobile. They can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; on water; or in the air on aircraft, balloons, and satellites. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of base stations and terminal devices.
基站和终端设备的角色可以是相对的,例如,图1A中的直升机或无人机120i可以被配置成移动基站,对于那些通过120i接入到无线接入网100的终端设备120j来说,终端设备120i是基站;但对于基站110a来说,120i是终端设备,即110a与120i之间是通过无线空口协议进行通信的。当然,110a与120i之间也可以是通过基站与基站之间的接口协议进行通信的,此时,相对于110a来说,120i也是基站。因此,基站和终端设备都可以统一称为通信装置,图1A中的110a和110b可以称为具有基站功能的通信装置,图1A中的120a-120j可以称为具有终端设备功能的通信装置。The roles of base stations and terminal devices can be relative. For example, the helicopter or drone 120i in Figure 1A can be configured as a mobile base station. To terminal devices 120j accessing the wireless access network 100 via 120i, terminal device 120i is a base station. However, to base station 110a, 120i is a terminal device, meaning that communication between 110a and 120i occurs via a wireless air interface protocol. Of course, communication between 110a and 120i can also occur via a base station-to-base station interface protocol. In this case, 120i is also a base station relative to 110a. Therefore, base stations and terminal devices can be collectively referred to as communication devices. 110a and 110b in Figure 1A can be referred to as communication devices with base station functionality, while 120a-120j in Figure 1A can be referred to as communication devices with terminal functionality.
基站和终端设备之间、基站和基站之间、终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信;可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对无线通信所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Communication between base stations and terminal devices, between base stations, and between terminal devices can be carried out through authorized spectrum, unauthorized spectrum, or both; communication can be carried out through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), spectrum above 6 GHz, or spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
在本申请的实施例中,基站的功能也可以由基站中的模块(如芯片)来执行,也可以由包含有基站功能的控制子系统来执行。这里的包含有基站功能的控制子系统可以是智能电网、工业控制、智能交通、智慧城市等上述应用场景中的控制中心。终端设备的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(如芯片或调制解调器)来执行,也可以由包含有终端设备功能的装置来执行。In the embodiments of the present application, the functions of the base station may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the base station, or by a control subsystem that includes the base station functions. The control subsystem that includes the base station functions here may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, and smart city. The functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or by a device that includes the terminal device functions.
在本申请中,基站向终端设备发送下行信号或下行信息,下行信息承载在下行信道上;终端设备向基站发送上行信号或上行信息,上行信息承载在上行信道上。终端设备为了与基站进行通信,需要与基站控制的小区建立无线连接。与终端设备建立了无线连接的小区称为该终端设备的服务小区。当终端设备与该服务小区进行通信的时候,还会受到来自邻区的信号的干扰。In this application, a base station sends downlink signals or downlink information to a terminal device, and the downlink information is carried on a downlink channel; the terminal device sends uplink signals or uplink information to the base station, and the uplink information is carried on an uplink channel. In order to communicate with the base station, the terminal device needs to establish a wireless connection with the cell controlled by the base station. The cell with which the terminal device has established a wireless connection is called the serving cell of the terminal device. When the terminal device communicates with the serving cell, it will also be interfered with by signals from neighboring cells.
本申请实施例中所涉及的核心网,可以包括对用户的信令和数据进行处理和转发的网络设备。例如包括接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)以及用户面网关、定位管理设备等核心网设备。其中用户面网关可以是具有对用户面数据进行移动性管理、路由、转发等功能的服务器,一般位于网络侧,如服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)或分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PGW)或用户面网元功能实体(user plane function,UPF)等。AMF以及SMF相当于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)。AMF主要负责准入方面,SMF主要负责会话管理。当然,核心网中也可以包括其他网元,这里不一一列举。The core network involved in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices that process and forward user signaling and data. For example, it includes access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), user plane gateway, positioning management equipment and other core network devices. Among them, the user plane gateway can be a server with functions such as mobility management, routing, and forwarding of user plane data, generally located on the network side, such as serving gateway (SGW) or packet data network gateway (PGW) or user plane function entity (UPF). AMF and SMF are equivalent to the mobility management entity (MME) in the long-term evolution (LTE) system. AMF is mainly responsible for access, and SMF is mainly responsible for session management. Of course, the core network can also include other network elements, which are not listed here.
图1A只是示意图,该无线通信系统中还可以包括其它设备,如还可以包括核心网设备、无线中继设备和/或无线回传设备等,在图1A中未画出。FIG1A is only a schematic diagram. The wireless communication system may further include other devices, such as core network devices, wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG1A .
图1D和图1E示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的几种通信系统的网络架构示意图。该通信系统可以包括卫星、网络设备和终端设备等。该通信系统还可以包括网关和核心网设备。图1D和图1E示例性示出了NTN与地面网络的融合网络架构。下面结合附图进行介绍。Figures 1D and 1E illustrate exemplary network architecture diagrams of several communication systems applicable to embodiments of the present application. These communication systems may include satellites, network equipment, and terminal devices. These systems may also include gateways and core network equipment. Figures 1D and 1E illustrate exemplary converged network architectures for NTNs and terrestrial networks. These are described below with reference to the accompanying figures.
卫星可以是高椭圆轨道(highly elliptical orbiting,HEO)卫星、GEO卫星、中轨(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星和低轨(low-earth orbit,LEO)卫星。本申请实施例对卫星的工作模式不作限制,例如,卫星的工作模式可以是透传(transparent)模式,也可以是再生(regenerative)模式。图1D是以卫星的工作模式为透传模式为例进行示意的,图1E是以卫星的工作模式为再生模式为例进行示意的。The satellite can be a highly elliptical orbiting (HEO) satellite, a GEO satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, or a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the operating mode of the satellite. For example, the operating mode of the satellite can be a transparent mode or a regenerative mode. FIG1D illustrates the operating mode of the satellite in the transparent mode as an example, and FIG1E illustrates the operating mode of the satellite in the regenerative mode as an example.
卫星工作在透传(transparent)模式时,卫星具有中继的透明转发的功能。网关具有网络设备(比如基站)的功能或部分网络设备(比如基站)功能,此时可以将网关看做是网络设备(比如基站)。或者,网络设备(比如基站)可以与网关分开部署,那么馈电链路的时延就包括卫星到网关以及网关到gNB的时延两部分。后面讨论的透传模式是以网关和gNB在一起或位置相近的情况为例,对于网关与gNB相距较远的情况,馈电链路时延将卫星到网关和网关到gNB的时延相加即可。When the satellite operates in transparent transmission mode, it performs the transparent forwarding function of a relay. The gateway has the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or some of them. In this case, the gateway can be considered a network device (such as a base station). Alternatively, the network device (such as a base station) can be deployed separately from the gateway. In this case, the feeder link latency includes both the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-gNB delays. The transparent transmission mode discussed below is based on the case where the gateway and gNB are located together or close together. For cases where the gateway and gNB are farther apart, the feeder link latency is simply the sum of the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-gNB delays.
当卫星工作在再生(regenerative)模式时,卫星具有数据处理能力、具有网络设备(比如基站)的功能或部分网络设备(比如基站)功能,此时可以将卫星看做是网络设备(比如基站)。When the satellite operates in regenerative mode, it has data processing capabilities, the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or partial functions of a network device (such as a base station). At this time, the satellite can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station).
卫星可通过广播通信信号和导航信号等与终端进行无线通信。可选的,每颗卫星可以通过多个波束为终端设备提供通信服务、导航服务和定位服务等。例如,每颗卫星采用多个波束覆盖服务区域,不同波束之间的关系可为时分、频分和空分中的一种或多种。Satellites can wirelessly communicate with terminals by broadcasting communication and navigation signals. Optionally, each satellite can provide terminal devices with communication, navigation, and positioning services using multiple beams. For example, each satellite can use multiple beams to cover its service area, and the relationships between the beams can be one or more of time division, frequency division, and space division.
网关(或称地面站、地球站、信关站、关口站)(gateway),可用于连接卫星和地面的网络设备(比如地面的基站)。一个或多个卫星可以通过一个或多个网关连接到一个或多个地面的网络设备(比如地面的基站),在此不做限制。卫星与终端间的链路称作服务链路(service link),卫星与网关间的链路称作馈电链路(feeder link)。网络设备可以与网关分开部署,那么馈电链路的时延可以包括卫星到网关以及网关到网络设备的时延两部分。A gateway (also known as a ground station, earth station, gateway, or gateway station) can be used to connect satellites and terrestrial network equipment (such as terrestrial base stations). One or more satellites can be connected to one or more terrestrial network equipment (such as terrestrial base stations) through one or more gateways, without limitation. The link between the satellite and the terminal is called a service link, and the link between the satellite and the gateway is called a feeder link. Network equipment can be deployed separately from the gateway, so the feeder link latency can include both the satellite-to-gateway and gateway-to-network equipment latency.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括部署于卫星的网络设备(比如卫星基站),也可以包括部署于网关的网络设备,也可以包括部署于地面的网络设备(比如地面基站)。例如,网络设备可以为前述图1A、图1B和图1C所示的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点、O-RAN系统中的RAN节点等。相关内容参见前述描述,不再赘述。The network devices in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices deployed on satellites (such as satellite base stations), network devices deployed on gateways, and network devices deployed on the ground (such as ground base stations). For example, the network devices may be the radio access network (RAN) nodes shown in Figures 1A, 1B, and 1C, or RAN nodes in an O-RAN system. For related content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated here.
核心网设备(core network,CN),是一种设置在地面且能与NTN系统中的NTN设备进行通信的设备。例如CN可以是图1A、图1B和图1C所涉及到的CN,相关内容参见前述描述,不再赘述。A core network (CN) is a ground-based device that communicates with other NTN devices in the NTN system. For example, the CN may be the CN described in Figures 1A, 1B, and 1C. The details are described above and are omitted here.
终端可以是图1A、图1B和图1C所涉及到的终端,相关内容参见前述描述,不再赘述。The terminal may be the terminal involved in FIG. 1A , FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C . For related contents, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例也可以适用于其他通信系统架构,比如空地(air to ground,ATG)通信系统,该通信系统包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个高空终端。高空终端例如包括高空飞机和机上终端等。上述图1D和图1E中的卫星也可以替换为其他中继设备,比如可以替换为高空平台(high altitude platform station,HAPS)等其他NTN设备。图1D或图1E所示的通信系统作为一个示例,并不对本申请实施例提供的方法适用的通信系统构成限定。The embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other communication system architectures, such as an air-to-ground (ATG) communication system, which includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal. High-altitude terminals include, for example, high-altitude aircraft and onboard terminals. The satellites in Figures 1D and 1E above may also be replaced with other relay devices, such as high-altitude platforms (HAPS) and other NTN devices. The communication system shown in Figures 1D or 1E is an example and does not limit the communication system to which the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例也可以适用于空地(air to ground,ATG)通信系统,作为示例,请参见图1F,为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图。该通信系统包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个高空终端设备。高空终端设备例如包括高空飞机和机上终端设备等。It is understood that the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to air-to-ground (ATG) communication systems. As an example, see FIG1F , which is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of another communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application. The communication system includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal device. The high-altitude terminal device includes, for example, a high-altitude aircraft and an onboard terminal device.
图1G示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的又一种可能的通信系统架构示意图。如图1G所示,该通信系统包括第一通信装置、第二通信装置和终端装置。终端装置可以为图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E或图1F涉及到的终端或终端内部的芯片系统。本申请实施例中的第一通信装置可以为图1D、图1E或图1F中的卫星或卫星内部的芯片系统,也可以为图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E或图1F涉及到中的网络设备(例如接入网设备、地面站等)或网络设备内部的芯片系统。本申请实施例中的第二通信装置可以为图1D、图1E或图1F中的卫星或卫星内部的芯片系统,也可以为图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E或图1F涉及到中的网络设备(例如接入网设备、地面站等)或网络设备内部的芯片系统。FIG1G exemplarily shows another possible communication system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1G, the communication system includes a first communication device, a second communication device and a terminal device. The terminal device can be a terminal or a chip system inside the terminal involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F. The first communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be a satellite in FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F or a chip system inside a satellite, or it can be a network device (such as an access network device, a ground station, etc.) or a chip system inside a network device involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F. The second communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be a satellite in FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F or a chip system inside a satellite, or it can be a network device (such as an access network device, a ground station, etc.) or a chip system inside a network device involved in FIG1A, FIG1B, FIG1C, FIG1D, FIG1E or FIG1F.
本申请实施例中的通信装置也可以替换为小区。例如,第一通信装置也可以替换为小区、第一小区或主小区。第二通信装置替换为小区、第二小区或辅小区。本申请实施例涉及到的辅通信装置也可以替换为辅小区。第一通信装置为第一小区,第二通信装置为第二小区的情况下,第一小区和第二小区可以分别属于不同的网络装置覆盖范围内的小区,或者第一小区和第二小区属于同一个网络装置覆盖范围内的小区,本申请实施例对此不做限制。第一通信装置为第一小区,第二通信装置为第二小区的情况下,本申请实施例提供的方案也可以称为多小区联合传输。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值大于CP,可以称这种传输方式为多小区联合异步传输。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值小于或等于CP,可以称这种传输方式为多小区联合准同步传输。本申请实施例中当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值等于CP,这种传输方式为多小区联合准同步传输,本申请实施例中以此为例进行介绍。在其他可能的实施方式中,当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值等于CP,也可以称这种传输方式为多小区联合异步传输,本申请实施例对此不做限制。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值等于CP时,若该传输方式为多小区联合异步传输,则该传输方式可以参见两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值大于CP时终端装置对应的处理方式,不再赘述。The communication device in the embodiments of the present application may also be replaced by a cell. For example, the first communication device may also be replaced by a cell, a first cell, or a primary cell. The second communication device may be replaced by a cell, a second cell, or a secondary cell. The secondary communication device involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be replaced by a secondary cell. When the first communication device is a first cell and the second communication device is a second cell, the first cell and the second cell may belong to cells within the coverage of different network devices, or the first cell and the second cell may belong to cells within the coverage of the same network device, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. When the first communication device is a first cell and the second communication device is a second cell, the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as multi-cell joint transmission. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is greater than the CP, this transmission mode may be referred to as multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is less than or equal to the CP, this transmission mode may be referred to as multi-cell joint quasi-synchronous transmission. In the embodiments of the present application, when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is equal to the CP, this transmission mode is multi-cell joint quasi-synchronous transmission, and this is used as an example in the embodiments of the present application. In other possible implementations, when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by two communication devices is equal to the CP, this transmission mode may also be referred to as multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by two communication devices is equal to the CP, if the transmission mode is multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission, then the transmission mode can refer to the processing mode corresponding to the terminal device when the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is greater than the CP, and no further details will be given.
本申请实施例中的第一通信装置和第二通信装置可以是同种类型的装置,也可以是不同类型的装置。例如第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为第二卫星装置。这种情况下,本申请实施例提供的方案也可以称为多星联合传输。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值小于CP,可以称这种传输方式为多星联合准同步传输。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值等于CP,也可以称这种传输方式为多星联合准同步(或异步)传输。当两个通信装置传输的信号对应的下行定时之间的差值大于CP,可以称这种传输方式为多星联合异步传输。本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置和第二通信装置为卫星装置的情况下,第一通信装置可以工作于透传模式或再生模式,第二通信装置可以工作于透传模式或再生模式。第一通信装置和第二通信装置的工作模式可以相同或不同。本申请实施例中的卫星装置(例如第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置)可以为图1D、图1E或图1F中的卫星或卫星内部的芯片系统。又例如,第一通信装置和第二通信装置为两个网络设备(例如接入网设备、地面站等)。又例如,第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为网络设备(例如接入网设备、地面站等)。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device and the second communication device can be devices of the same type or different types. For example, the first communication device is a first satellite device, and the second communication device is a second satellite device. In this case, the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be called multi-satellite joint transmission. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is less than the CP, this transmission mode can be called multi-satellite joint quasi-synchronous transmission. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is equal to the CP, this transmission mode can also be called multi-satellite joint quasi-synchronous (or asynchronous) transmission. When the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the signals transmitted by the two communication devices is greater than the CP, this transmission mode can be called multi-satellite joint asynchronous transmission. In the embodiment of the present application, when the first communication device and the second communication device are satellite devices, the first communication device can operate in transparent transmission mode or regeneration mode, and the second communication device can operate in transparent transmission mode or regeneration mode. The operating modes of the first communication device and the second communication device can be the same or different. The satellite device in the embodiment of the present application (for example, the first satellite device and the second satellite device) can be the satellite in Figure 1D, Figure 1E or Figure 1F or the chip system inside the satellite. For another example, the first communication device and the second communication device are two network devices (eg, access network devices, ground stations, etc.). For another example, the first communication device is a first satellite device, and the second communication device is a network device (eg, access network devices, ground stations, etc.).
图1G中以第一通信装置和第二通信装置为卫星装置为例进行示意,实际应用中,第一通信装置和第二通信装置也可以为其他装置。FIG1G illustrates an example in which the first communication device and the second communication device are satellite devices. In actual applications, the first communication device and the second communication device may also be other devices.
基于图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E、图1F或图1G所示的内容以及上述其他内容,图2示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图。为了便于理解,图2中以终端装置、第一通信装置和第二通信装置的交互为例进行介绍。终端装置、第一通信装置和第二通信装置的相关示例可以参见前述图1G的描述,不再赘述。Based on the contents shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F, or 1G, as well as the other contents described above, Figure 2 exemplarily illustrates a possible flow diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. For ease of understanding, Figure 2 uses the interaction between a terminal device, a first communication device, and a second communication device as an example for description. For relevant examples of the terminal device, the first communication device, and the second communication device, please refer to the description of Figure 1G above, and no further details will be given.
下面结合附图进行介绍。The following is an introduction with reference to the accompanying drawings.
步骤201,第一通信装置发送第一信息。Step 201: A first communication device sends first information.
相对应的,终端装置接收第一信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information.
第一信息包括第二通信装置的信息。第一信息可以用于辅助终端装置接收第二通信装置的同步信号。如此,终端装置可以基于第一信息接收来自第二通信装置的同步信号,继而可以降低终端装置盲检的复杂度,降低接收第二通信装置的同步信号的复杂度,从而提高成功接收到同步信号的效率。The first information includes information about the second communication device. The first information can be used to assist the terminal device in receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device. In this way, the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device and the complexity of receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device, thereby improving the efficiency of successfully receiving the synchronization signal.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息可以包括如下信息A1(第二通信装置的信息的索引)、信息A2(第二通信装置的星历信息)、信息A3(第二通信装置对应的小区标识)、信息A4(第二通信装置对应的测量定时配置)、信息A5(第二同步信号的频点)、信息A6(第二同步信号的极化信息)和信息A7(第二同步信号对应的序列信息)中的一项或多项。In one possible implementation, the first information may include one or more of the following information A1 (index of information of the second communication device), information A2 (ephemeris information of the second communication device), information A3 (cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device), information A4 (measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device), information A5 (frequency of the second synchronization signal), information A6 (polarization information of the second synchronization signal), and information A7 (sequence information corresponding to the second synchronization signal).
信息A1,第二通信装置的信息的索引。Information A1: index of information of the second communication device.
终端装置可以获取至少一个通信装置(例如至少一个辅卫星装置)的信息,每个信息可以对应一个索引。第二通信装置的信息属于该至少一个通信装置的信息。当终端装置接收到第一信息之后,可以根据第一信息中的索引,查找索引与通信装置的信息的关联关系,继而找到第一信息中的索引关联的通信装置的信息,将该通信装置的信息作为第二通信装置的信息。The terminal device can obtain information about at least one communication device (e.g., at least one secondary satellite device), where each piece of information can correspond to an index. The information about the second communication device belongs to the information about the at least one communication device. After receiving the first information, the terminal device can search for an association between the index and the information about the communication device based on the index in the first information, then find the information about the communication device associated with the index in the first information, and use the information about the communication device as the information about the second communication device.
以第二通信装置为例,介绍一个通信装置的信息。例如第二通信装置的信息可以包括:第二通信装置的星历信息、第二通信装置对应的小区标识、第二通信装置对应的测量定时配置、第二通信装置的同步信号的频点、第二通信装置的同步信号的极化信息和第二通信装置的同步信号对应的序列信息中的一项或多项。第二通信装置的同步信号对应的序列信息例如可以包括用于生成第二通信装置的同步信号的序列的信息。Taking a second communication device as an example, the information of a communication device will be described. For example, the information of the second communication device may include one or more of the following: ephemeris information of the second communication device, a cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device, a measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device, a frequency of a synchronization signal of the second communication device, polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device, and sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device. The sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, information used to generate a sequence of the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
下面通过表1示例性示出几个通信装置的信息的示例。以表1的第二行为例(该表格中的表头视为第一行,其他可能的实施方式中,表头可以不称为第一行,这种情况下,表1的第二行也可以称为表1的第一行),该行的索引为0,则表示该通信装置的信息的索引为0。索引为0的通信装置的信息包括:该通信装置的星历信息星历#0、该通信装置的小区标识#0、该通信装置的下行同步信号频点f#0、该通信装置的基于SSB的测量定时配置(SSB-based measurement timing configuration,SMTC)#0和该通信装置的极化信息为左极化,该通信装置发送的同步信号的序列信息#1。该表1中的其他行的含义与之类似,不再赘述。一种可能的实施方式中,一个通信装置可以对应一个或多个测量定时配置,表1中以一个通信装置配置一个测量定时配置,且该测量定时配置为SMTC为例进行示意。Table 1 below illustrates examples of information about several communication devices. Taking the second row of Table 1 as an example (the header in this table is considered the first row, and in other possible implementations, the header may not be called the first row. In this case, the second row of Table 1 may also be called the first row of Table 1), the index of this row is 0, indicating that the index of the information about the communication device is 0. The information about the communication device with index 0 includes: ephemeris information ephemeris #0 for the communication device, cell identifier #0 for the communication device, downlink synchronization signal frequency f#0 for the communication device, SSB-based measurement timing configuration (SMTC) #0 for the communication device, and polarization information for the communication device, which is left polarization, and sequence information #1 for the synchronization signal sent by the communication device. The meanings of the other rows in Table 1 are similar and will not be repeated here. In one possible implementation, a communication device may correspond to one or more measurement timing configurations. Table 1 uses an example in which a communication device is configured with one measurement timing configuration, and the measurement timing configuration is SMTC, as an example.
表1中示出的通信装置的信息为举例,实际应用中通信装置的信息可以包括更多或更少的信息,例如,通信装置的信息可以不包括小区标识。表1给出的表格形式为举例,实际应用中,表1的行和/或列都可以发生变化,表1可能包括更多或更少的行数和/或列数。The communication device information shown in Table 1 is for example only. In actual applications, the communication device information may include more or less information. For example, the communication device information may not include a cell identifier. The table format provided in Table 1 is for example only. In actual applications, the rows and/or columns of Table 1 may vary, and Table 1 may include more or fewer rows and/or columns.
表1通信装置的信息的示例
Table 1 Example of information of communication device
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置获取至少一个通信装置(例如至少一个辅卫星装置)的信息的方式可以有多种,例如该至少一个通信装置(例如至少一个辅卫星装置)的信息可以是协议定义的,或预先配置的,或由第一通信装置发送给终端装置的。例如,第一通信装置可以通过广播消息发送该至少一个通信装置的信息,从而可以降低信令开销。In one possible implementation, a terminal device may obtain information about at least one communication device (e.g., at least one secondary satellite device) in various ways. For example, the information about the at least one communication device (e.g., at least one secondary satellite device) may be protocol-defined, preconfigured, or sent to the terminal device by the first communication device. For example, the first communication device may send the information about the at least one communication device via a broadcast message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
信息A2,第二通信装置的星历信息。Information A2: ephemeris information of the second communication device.
第二通信装置为卫星装置的情况下,第二通信装置的星历信息例如可以包括该卫星装置的速度信息、卫星装置的运动轨迹信息、卫星装置的位置信息,以及卫星装置的位置信息对应的时间信息等。When the second communication device is a satellite device, the ephemeris information of the second communication device may include, for example, the speed information of the satellite device, the motion trajectory information of the satellite device, the position information of the satellite device, and the time information corresponding to the position information of the satellite device.
信息A3,第二通信装置对应的小区标识。Information A3: the cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device.
第二通信装置对应的小区可以包括第二通信装置的信号覆盖范围内的一个或多个小区。第二通信装置对应的小区标识例如可以包括小区的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)。The cell corresponding to the second communication device may include one or more cells within the signal coverage of the second communication device. The cell identifier corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, a physical cell identifier (PCI) of the cell.
信息A4,第二通信装置对应的测量定时配置。Information A4, measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device.
第二通信装置对应的测量定时配置例如可以包括SMTC。The measurement timing configuration corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, SMTC.
第二通信装置对应的SMTC例如可以包括终端装置对第二通信装置对应的某一个小区进行基于SSB的测量时,第二通信装置下发给终端装置的时序配置。例如,第二通信装置对应的SMTC包括SMTC周期、SMTC持续时长和SMTC偏置。The SMTC corresponding to the second communication device may include, for example, a timing configuration sent by the second communication device to the terminal device when the terminal device performs SSB-based measurement on a cell corresponding to the second communication device. For example, the SMTC corresponding to the second communication device includes an SMTC period, an SMTC duration, and an SMTC offset.
其中,SMTC周期可以表征测量动作的重复周期。SMTC周期(periodicity)可以不小于待测小区的SSB扫描周期。如此可以减少终端装置的无效搜索、测量SSB等行为,从而可以减少功率浪费。The SMTC period may represent the repetition period of the measurement action. The SMTC period (periodicity) may be no less than the SSB scanning period of the cell to be measured. This can reduce ineffective searches and SSB measurements by the terminal device, thereby reducing power waste.
SMTC偏置可以表征测量动作在周期内的起始子帧。SMTC偏置(offset)可以决定SMTC起始偏置(测量在每个SMTC周期开始后的多少时刻启动)。The SMTC offset can indicate the starting subframe of the measurement action within a period. The SMTC offset can determine the SMTC start offset (the time at which the measurement starts after the start of each SMTC period).
SMTC持续时长可以表征测量动作开始后测量动作应持续的时长。SMTC持续时长(duration)可以大于或等于待测小区每轮SSB扫描周期中的有效扫描时间。例如,SSB扫描周期的有效扫描时间为4毫秒(millisecond,ms),SMTC持续时长需要大于等于4ms,这样能够保证终端能够检测到潜在的所有SSB。The SMTC duration can represent the duration of the measurement action after the measurement action starts. The SMTC duration can be greater than or equal to the effective scanning time in each SSB scanning cycle of the cell to be measured. For example, if the effective scanning time of the SSB scanning cycle is 4 milliseconds (ms), the SMTC duration needs to be greater than or equal to 4ms to ensure that the terminal can detect all potential SSBs.
一种可能的实施方式中,SMTC起始帧号与SMTC起始子帧号可以根据如下公式(1)和(2)进行计算:In a possible implementation, the SMTC start frame number and the SMTC start subframe number may be calculated according to the following formulas (1) and (2):
SFN mod T=FLOOR(offset/10)……公式(1)SFN mod T=FLOOR(offset/10)......Formula (1)
subframe=offset mod 10……公式(2)subframe=offset mod 10……Formula (2)
在公式(1)和公式(2)中,SFN为SMTC的起始帧号,T=periodicty/10,periodicty为SMTC周期(或周期时长),offset为SMTC偏置,subframe为SMTC起始子帧号,mod为取模运算,FLOOR为向下取整。In formula (1) and formula (2), SFN is the starting frame number of SMTC, T = periodicity/10, periodicity is the SMTC period (or period duration), offset is the SMTC offset, subframe is the starting subframe number of SMTC, mod is the modulo operation, and FLOOR is rounding down.
例如,periodicty为20毫秒(millisecond,ms),offset为1ms,SMTC持续时长(duration)为2ms,则通过上述公式(1)和(2)计算得出SMTC起始帧号为0,SMTC起始子帧号为1。结合该起始帧号和起始子帧号,再结合续时长可以进一步确定出检测时长。For example, if the periodicity is 20 milliseconds (ms), the offset is 1 ms, and the SMTC duration is 2 ms, then the SMTC start frame number is calculated to be 0 and the SMTC start subframe number is 1 using the above formulas (1) and (2). The detection duration can be further determined by combining the start frame number and the start subframe number with the duration.
信息A5,第二通信装置的同步信号的频点。Information A5: the frequency of the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
频点可以理解为载波频率或载频。例如,频点可以为2吉赫兹(giga hertz,GHz)、20GHz或30GHz。Frequency can be understood as carrier frequency or carrier frequency. For example, the frequency can be 2 gigahertz (GHz), 20 GHz, or 30 GHz.
信息A6,第二通信装置的同步信号的极化信息。Information A6: polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
第二通信装置的同步信号的极化信息例如可以包括左极化、右极化或线性极化。The polarization information of the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, left polarization, right polarization, or linear polarization.
信息A7,第二通信装置的同步信号对应的序列信息。Information A7: sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device.
第二通信装置的同步信号对应的序列信息例如可以包括用于生成同步信号的序列的信息,例如可以是用于生成同步信号的根序列的序号、同步信号序列的索引号(通过查表确定相应的同步序列)等。The sequence information corresponding to the synchronization signal of the second communication device may include, for example, information of the sequence used to generate the synchronization signal, such as the sequence number of the root sequence used to generate the synchronization signal, the index number of the synchronization signal sequence (the corresponding synchronization sequence is determined by looking up a table), etc.
步骤202,第二通信装置发送第二同步信号。Step 202: The second communication device sends a second synchronization signal.
相对应的,终端装置基于第一信息,接收来自第二通信装置的第二同步信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a second synchronization signal from the second communication device based on the first information.
为了区分,本申请实施例中将第一通信装置发送的同步信号称为第一同步信号,将第二通信装置发送的同步信号称为第二同步信号。本申请实施例中涉及到的“第一”和“第二”等(例如第一同步信号、第二同步信号,又例如后续的第一数据、第二数据和第三数据等)是为了区分,没有其他限定意义。For the purpose of distinction, in the embodiments of the present application, the synchronization signal sent by the first communication device is referred to as the first synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device is referred to as the second synchronization signal. The terms "first" and "second" (e.g., the first synchronization signal, the second synchronization signal, and the subsequent first data, second data, and third data) in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of distinction and have no other limiting meaning.
终端装置在第一信息的辅助下,可以降低盲检的复杂度,继而可以加快成功接收到的第二同步信号的速度,从而提高通信效率。With the assistance of the first information, the terminal device can reduce the complexity of blind detection, and then speed up the speed of successfully receiving the second synchronization signal, thereby improving communication efficiency.
步骤203,第一通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第一数据。Step 203: The first communication device sends first data to the terminal device on the first resource.
步骤204,第二通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第二数据。Step 204: The second communication device sends second data to the terminal device via the first resource.
相对应的,终端装置接收第一数据和第二数据。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first data and the second data.
在步骤203和步骤204中,由于第一数据和第二数据的资源相同,因此终端装置接收到的是第一数据和第二数据的叠加数据。为了区分,本申请实施例中将终端装置在第一资源上接收到的数据称为第三数据,述第三数据包括第一数据和第二数据。In steps 203 and 204, since the first data and the second data are from the same resource, the terminal device receives the superposition of the first and second data. For the sake of distinction, in this embodiment of the present application, the data received by the terminal device on the first resource is referred to as third data, which includes the first data and the second data.
第一数据来自第一通信装置。第一资源用于第一通信装置发送第一数据,第一数据占用第一资源。第二数据来自第二通信装置。第一资源也用于第二通信装置发送第二数据,第二数据占用第一资源。第一数据与第二数据可以是相同的数据,也可以是不同的数据。或者,第一数据和第二数据可以携带相同信息,也可以携带不同的信息。The first data comes from a first communication device. The first resource is used by the first communication device to transmit the first data, and the first data occupies the first resource. The second data comes from a second communication device. The first resource is also used by the second communication device to transmit the second data, and the second data occupies the first resource. The first data and the second data may be the same data or different data. Alternatively, the first data and the second data may carry the same information or different information.
本申请实施例中,第一资源可以包括时域资源和频域资源,该实施方式中,第一数据和第二数据的时域资源相同,频域资源相同。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一资源可以包括时域资源或频域资源,该实施方式中,第一数据和第二数据的时域资源相同或频域资源相同。相关概念可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。In an embodiment of the present application, the first resource may include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource. In this embodiment, the first data and the second data have the same time domain resource and the same frequency domain resource. In another possible embodiment, the first resource may include a time domain resource or a frequency domain resource. In this embodiment, the first data and the second data have the same time domain resource or the same frequency domain resource. The relevant concepts can be found in the above description and will not be repeated here.
步骤205,终端装置获取第一数据和第二数据。Step 205: The terminal device obtains the first data and the second data.
在步骤205中,终端装置接收到的是第三数据。终端装置从第三数据中获取第一数据和第二数据。In step 205, the terminal device receives the third data and obtains the first data and the second data from the third data.
本申请实施例中第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值可以小于CP,也可以等于CP,也可以大于CP。第一数据对应的下行定时与第二数据对应的下行定时之间的差值可以小于CP,也可以等于CP,也可以大于CP。In the embodiment of the present application, the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can be less than the CP, equal to the CP, or greater than the CP. The difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first data and the downlink timing corresponding to the second data can be less than the CP, equal to the CP, or greater than the CP.
本申请实施例中的下行定时可以替换为下行同步定时,下行定时的英文可以称为downlink timing。下行定时用于使终端装置确定通信装置发送的帧的帧边界、子帧边界、时隙边界、符号边界,或接收窗口位置。例如,第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值也可以替换/包括:第一通信装置和第二通信装置的下行定时差、第一通信装置和第二通信装置的下行的帧的帧边界的差值、下行定时差、同步位置差等。又例如,第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值也可以替换/包括:终端装置收到的分别来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的两个下行信号的相同帧号的帧边界的时间差、相同时隙号的时隙边界的时间差,或相同符号索引号的符号边界的时间差。The downlink timing in the embodiment of the present application can be replaced with downlink synchronization timing, and the English name of downlink timing can be called downlink timing. Downlink timing is used to enable the terminal device to determine the frame boundary, subframe boundary, time slot boundary, symbol boundary, or receiving window position of the frame sent by the communication device. For example, the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can also be replaced by/include: the downlink timing difference between the first communication device and the second communication device, the difference in frame boundaries of the downlink frames of the first communication device and the second communication device, the downlink timing difference, the synchronization position difference, etc. For another example, the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device can also be replaced by/include: the time difference between the frame boundaries of the same frame number of the two downlink signals received by the terminal device from the first communication device and the second communication device respectively, the time difference between the time slot boundaries of the same time slot number, or the time difference between the symbol boundaries of the same symbol index number.
第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值可能是一个变量,该差值可能与第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据传输时延的差关联。该第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值可能等于或不等于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据传输时延的差。The difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be a variable, and the difference may be associated with the difference in data transmission delay between the first communication device and the second communication device. The difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device may be equal to or different from the difference in data transmission delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
例如,第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为第二卫星装置。第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置同时向终端装置发送数据(例如第一数据和第二数据),该两个数据到达终端装置的时间差为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的数据传输时延的差。但是实际应用中,卫星装置可能会提前或延后信息发送的时间,而且卫星装置运动过程中,两个卫星装置之间的相对位置也会发生变动,因此第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的下行定时差不一定等于第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的数据传输时延的差。由于两个卫星装置与终端装置之间的距离不同,卫星装置与终端装置之间的距离也较远,两个卫星装置之间的相对位置也会发生变动,因此两个卫星装置与终端装置之间的距离的差也会发生变动,有可能也会造成两个卫星装置星同时发送的信息到达终端装置的时延差较大,继而导致两个卫星装置同时发送的信息到达终端装置的时延差大于CP。有些情况下,两个卫星装置同时发送的信息到达终端装置的时延差也会小于或等于CP。For example, the first communication device is a first satellite device, and the second communication device is a second satellite device. The first satellite device and the second satellite device simultaneously send data (e.g., first data and second data) to the terminal device. The time difference between the two data arriving at the terminal device is the difference in data transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device. However, in actual applications, the satellite devices may advance or delay the time of information transmission, and the relative positions between the two satellite devices may also change during the movement of the satellite devices. Therefore, the downlink timing difference between the first satellite device and the second satellite device is not necessarily equal to the difference in data transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device. Because the distances between the two satellite devices and the terminal device are different, the distances between the satellite devices and the terminal device are also far, and the relative positions between the two satellite devices may also change, the difference in the distances between the two satellite devices and the terminal device may also change. This may also cause a large difference in the time delays for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device, which in turn causes the time delay difference for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device to be greater than the CP. In some cases, the time delay difference for the information simultaneously sent by the two satellite devices to reach the terminal device may be less than or equal to the CP.
图3示例性示出了本申请实施例提供一种可能的多个通信装置传输的信息的到达终端装置的示意图。如图3所示,第一通信装置向终端装置发送的数据包括S1和S2。第二通信装置向终端装置发送的数据包括S3。第一通信装置发送的数据到达终端装置的时间为t0,第二通信装置发送的数据到达终端装置的时间为(t0+t1)。t1为第一通信装置和第二通信装置发送的数据到达终端装置的时间差,t1也可以理解为第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值。t1可能小于或等于CP,也可能大于CP。FIG3 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible information transmission by multiple communication devices arriving at a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3 , the data sent by the first communication device to the terminal device includes S1 and S2. The data sent by the second communication device to the terminal device includes S3. The time when the data sent by the first communication device arrives at the terminal device is t 0 , and the time when the data sent by the second communication device arrives at the terminal device is (t 0 +t 1 ). t 1 is the time difference between the data sent by the first communication device and the data sent by the second communication device arriving at the terminal device. t 1 can also be understood as the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device. t 1 may be less than or equal to CP, or may be greater than CP.
第一通信装置对应的下行定时与第二通信装置对应的下行定时之间的差值大于CP的情况下,终端装置为了消除信号间的干扰可能需要较为复杂的方案。为了降低终端装置侧获取数据的复杂度,本申请实施例提供一种数据处理方式,为了便于区分,本申请实施例中将该数据处理方式称为第一数据处理方式。例如,第一数据处理方式包括:终端装置从第三数据中得到第一数据。终端装置基于第一数据和信道对信号的影响情况,得到第四数据。第四数据包括受到信道影响的第一数据。终端装置从第三数据中去除第四数据,得到第五数据。终端装置从第五数据中得到第二数据。When the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the first communication device and the downlink timing corresponding to the second communication device is greater than the CP, the terminal device may need a more complex solution to eliminate interference between signals. In order to reduce the complexity of obtaining data on the terminal device side, an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method. For ease of distinction, the data processing method is referred to as the first data processing method in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the first data processing method includes: the terminal device obtains first data from the third data. The terminal device obtains fourth data based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal. The fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel. The terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain fifth data. The terminal device obtains second data from the fifth data.
结合图3举个例子,图4示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种可能的终端装置获取数据的方法流程示意图。请参与图4,该过程可以包括如下步骤。As an example, FIG4 shows a flow chart of a possible method for a terminal device to obtain data provided by an embodiment of the present application, with reference to FIG3 . Referring to FIG4 , the process may include the following steps.
(1)第一通信装置发送的第一数据经过第一通信装置对应的信道到达终端装置,第二通信装置发送的第二数据经过第二通信装置对应的信道到达终端装置,第一数据和第二数据占用同样的资源。终端装置接收到第三数据(第三数据包括第一数据和第二数据)。终端装置从第三数据中解码出第一数据(例如S1和S2)。(1) First data transmitted by a first communication device arrives at a terminal device via a channel corresponding to the first communication device. Second data transmitted by a second communication device arrives at the terminal device via a channel corresponding to the second communication device. The first data and the second data occupy the same resources. The terminal device receives third data (the third data includes the first data and the second data). The terminal device decodes the first data (e.g., S1 and S2) from the third data.
(2)终端装置基于第一数据和信道对信号的影响情况,得到第四数据。第四数据包括受到信道影响的第一数据。例如终端装置根据信号S1与S2的译码结果,对信号进行重构,得到第四数据,第四数据例如为(S1*h1+S2*h2)。其中h1与h2表示信道对信号的影响。(2) The terminal device obtains fourth data based on the first data and the influence of the channel on the signal. The fourth data includes the first data affected by the channel. For example, the terminal device reconstructs the signal based on the decoding results of signals S1 and S2 to obtain fourth data, such as (S1*h1+S2*h2). Where h1 and h2 represent the influence of the channel on the signal.
(3)终端装置从第三数据中去除第四数据,得到第五数据。例如,终端装置使用接收到的两个通信装置的叠加信号(即第三数据)减去恢复的信号第四数据(S1*h1+S2*h2),得到第五数据。该过程可以理解为串行干扰消除(successive interference cancellation,SIC)信号处理方式。(3) The terminal device removes the fourth data from the third data to obtain the fifth data. For example, the terminal device uses the superimposed signal (i.e., the third data) received from the two communication devices minus the recovered fourth data (S1*h1+S2*h2) to obtain the fifth data. This process can be understood as a successive interference cancellation (SIC) signal processing method.
(4)终端装置从第五数据中得到第二数据(例如S3)。(4) The terminal device obtains the second data (for example, S3) from the fifth data.
通过上述方案可以消除多个通信装置向终端装置发送的信号的干扰。而且上述干扰消除方法可以更好的从接收到的叠加信号中获取多个通信装置分别发送的数据。例如,终端装置可以先将除第一通信装置的信号之外的信号(例如第二通信装置的信号)当做干扰信号进行干扰消除,或者当做底噪处理,继而恢复出第一通信装置的信号。或者,终端装置对第二通信装置的信号进行干扰消除,例如可以对第二通信装置的信号进行译码,再从接收到的信号中减去来自第二通信装置的信号,继而得到第一通信装置的信号,该过程可以理解为干扰消除处理方式。其中,如果以干扰消除方式处理第二通信装置的信号,终端装置需要获取第二通信装置发送信号的扰码、编码调制方式、信号占用的资源(例如第一资源)等信息,这些信息可以由第一通信装置向终端装置发送,以使终端装置对接收到的信号进行干扰消除。The above scheme can eliminate the interference of signals sent by multiple communication devices to the terminal device. Moreover, the above interference elimination method can better obtain the data sent by multiple communication devices from the received superimposed signal. For example, the terminal device can first treat the signal other than the signal of the first communication device (such as the signal of the second communication device) as an interference signal for interference elimination, or treat it as a background noise, and then restore the signal of the first communication device. Alternatively, the terminal device performs interference elimination on the signal of the second communication device, for example, it can decode the signal of the second communication device, and then subtract the signal from the second communication device from the received signal, and then obtain the signal of the first communication device. This process can be understood as an interference elimination processing method. Among them, if the signal of the second communication device is processed in an interference elimination manner, the terminal device needs to obtain information such as the scrambling code, coding modulation method, and resources occupied by the signal (such as the first resource) of the signal sent by the second communication device. This information can be sent by the first communication device to the terminal device so that the terminal device can eliminate interference with the received signal.
通过图2提供的方案可以看出,本申请实施例中,多个通信装置可以使用相同的资源(例如时频和/或频域资源)向同一个终端装置传输不同的数据,从而可以提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。It can be seen from the scheme provided in Figure 2 that in an embodiment of the present application, multiple communication devices can use the same resources (such as time-frequency and/or frequency domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, thereby improving the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
又一方面,由于多个通信装置使用相同的资源(例如时频和/或频域资源)向同一个终端装置传输不同的数据,本申请实施例提供的方案中,当来自多个通信装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差较大,终端装置也可以从接收到的数据中较好的恢复出各个通信装置发送的数据(例如基于前述图4提供的方案)。基于此可以看出,本申请实施提供的方案中,无论多个通信装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差较小还是较大,本申请实施例都可以适用。又由于在NTN网络中,多个卫星装置的下行定时之间的差值可能大于CP,即来自多个卫星装置的数据到达终端装置的时间差可能较大,因此本申请实施例也可以适用于NTN网络。而且,应用本申请实施例提供的方案时,当NTN网络中多个卫星装置向终端装置在相同资源(例如相同的时域资源和相同频域资源)上发送数据时,无需限制多个卫星装置的下行定时之间的差值必须小于或等于CP,即使多个卫星装置的下行定时之间的差值大于CP,本申请实施例提供的方案中,终端装置也可以从接收到的数据中恢复出各个卫星装置的数据。可以看出,本申请实施例提供的方案为NTN网络中多个卫星装置向终端装置在相同资源(例如相同的时域资源和相同频域资源)上发送数据提供了一种解决方案,而且该解决方案可以减少对卫星装置发送数据的限制,从而可以降低卫星装置侧的数据传输的复杂度。On the other hand, because multiple communication devices use the same resources (e.g., time-frequency and/or frequency-domain resources) to transmit different data to the same terminal device, the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application allows the terminal device to better recover the data sent by each communication device from the received data when the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices reaching the terminal device is large (e.g., based on the solution provided in FIG. 4 ). Based on this, it can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is applicable regardless of whether the time difference between the data from multiple communication devices reaching the terminal device is small or large. Furthermore, because the difference between the downlink timings of multiple satellite devices in an NTN network may be greater than the CP, i.e., the time difference between the data from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device may be large, the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to NTN networks. Furthermore, when applying the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, when multiple satellite devices in an NTN network transmit data to a terminal device using the same resources (e.g., the same time-domain resources and the same frequency-domain resources), there is no need to restrict the difference between the downlink timings of the multiple satellite devices to be less than or equal to the CP. Even if the difference between the downlink timings of the multiple satellite devices is greater than the CP, the terminal device can recover the data of each satellite device from the received data in the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application. It can be seen that the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a solution for multiple satellite devices in the NTN network to send data to the terminal device on the same resources (such as the same time domain resources and the same frequency domain resources), and this solution can reduce the restrictions on the satellite devices sending data, thereby reducing the complexity of data transmission on the satellite device side.
本申请实施例中涉及到的词语“相同资源”可以替换为/包括:“相同时域和频域资源”,也可以替换为/包括“相同的时域资源(频域资源可能相同或不同)”或“相同的频域资源(时域资源可能相同或不同)”,具体示例有多种。其他位置处的该词语的含义可以参见该地方的描述,不再重复描述。为了便于理解,本申请实施例中部分内容以“相同资源”包括“相同时域和频域资源”为例进行介绍。The term "same resources" involved in the embodiments of the present application can be replaced with/include: "same time domain and frequency domain resources", or can be replaced with/include "same time domain resources (frequency domain resources may be the same or different)" or "same frequency domain resources (time domain resources may be the same or different)", and there are many specific examples. The meaning of the term in other locations can be found in the description of that place, and the description will not be repeated. For ease of understanding, some of the contents in the embodiments of the present application are introduced using "same resources" including "same time domain and frequency domain resources" as an example.
举个例子,当第一通信装置为第一卫星装置,第二通信装置为第二卫星装置。由于卫星装置常态移动,且卫星装置与终端装置之间的距离较远,两个卫星装置与终端装置之间的距离差为一个变量,从而导致来自多个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置的时延可能较大(例如来自多个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置的时延大于CP),导致终端装置需要在时域异步接收(异步接收是指来自多个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置的时延大于CP)来自多个卫星装置的数据。接收端可以通过对接收到的数据进行异步干扰消除以恢复出各个卫星装置发送的数据(异步干扰消除例如可以为上述图4提供的数据处理方式)。而接收端的异步干扰消除需要要求终端装置持续保持与多颗卫星装置的下行信号定时同步,即异步干扰消除方法要求终端装置与多个卫星装置的下行信号同步才能做干扰消除。而本申请实施例提供的方案中,第一通信装置会向终端装置发送第一信息,终端装置可以基于第一信息接收第二通信装置的同步信号,继而保持与第二通信装置的下行信号定时同步,从而便于终端装置通过对接收到的数据进行异步干扰消除以恢复出各个卫星装置发送的数据。且该方案中终端装置可以基于第一信息接收第二通信装置的同步信号,继而降低终端装置与第二通信装置的下行信号同步的复杂度,从而可以提高通信效率。举个例子,通过链路仿真验证,当第一通信装置和第二通信装置为卫星装置或卫星装置中的芯片或芯片系统,两个卫星装置向终端装置传输数据时的通信系统谱效比单颗卫星装置向终端装置传输数据时的通信系统谱效高20%。本申请实施中,终端装置可以是单天线,也可以是多天线终端。For example, when the first communication device is a first satellite device and the second communication device is a second satellite device. Since the satellite devices are constantly moving and the distance between the satellite devices and the terminal device is relatively far, the distance difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device is a variable, which may cause the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device to be relatively large (for example, the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device is greater than the CP), resulting in the terminal device needing to asynchronously receive data from multiple satellite devices in the time domain (asynchronous reception means that the delay of the signals from multiple satellite devices reaching the terminal device is greater than the CP). The receiving end can recover the data sent by each satellite device by performing asynchronous interference elimination on the received data (asynchronous interference elimination can be, for example, the data processing method provided in FIG. 4 above). However, the asynchronous interference elimination at the receiving end requires the terminal device to continuously maintain timing synchronization with the downlink signals of multiple satellite devices, that is, the asynchronous interference elimination method requires the terminal device to synchronize with the downlink signals of multiple satellite devices in order to perform interference elimination. In the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device will send the first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device based on the first information, and then maintain timing synchronization with the downlink signal of the second communication device, so as to facilitate the terminal device to recover the data sent by each satellite device by performing asynchronous interference elimination on the received data. In this solution, the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device based on the first information, and then reduce the complexity of the downlink signal synchronization between the terminal device and the second communication device, thereby improving communication efficiency. For example, through link simulation verification, when the first communication device and the second communication device are satellite devices or chips or chip systems in satellite devices, the spectral efficiency of the communication system when the two satellite devices transmit data to the terminal device is 20% higher than the spectral efficiency of the communication system when a single satellite device transmits data to the terminal device. In the implementation of this application, the terminal device can be a single-antenna terminal or a multi-antenna terminal.
基于图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E、图1F或图1G、图2、图3和图4所示的内容以及上述其他内容,图5示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图。为了便于理解,图5中以终端装置、第一通信装置和第二通信装置的交互为例进行介绍。关于终端装置、第一通信装置和第二通信装置的介绍可以参见前述图2的相关介绍,不再赘述。Based on the contents shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G, Figures 2, 3, and 4, as well as the other contents described above, Figure 5 exemplarily illustrates a possible flow diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. For ease of understanding, Figure 5 uses the interaction between a terminal device, a first communication device, and a second communication device as an example for description. For an introduction to the terminal device, the first communication device, and the second communication device, please refer to the relevant introduction to Figure 2 above, and no further details will be given.
步骤501,终端装置与第一通信装置建立RRC连接。Step 501: A terminal device establishes an RRC connection with a first communication device.
本申请实施例中,终端装置与第一通信装置建立RRC连接的过程中,终端装置可以先接收来自第一通信装置的同步信号(例如第一同步信号),继而与第一通信装置进行同步,之后再与第一通信装置建立RRC连接。In an embodiment of the present application, during the process of establishing an RRC connection between the terminal device and the first communication device, the terminal device can first receive a synchronization signal (e.g., a first synchronization signal) from the first communication device, then synchronize with the first communication device, and then establish an RRC connection with the first communication device.
本申请实施例中,终端装置可以与多个通信装置维持同步,但是终端装置可以与第一通信装置建立RRC连接,与其他通信装置无需建立RRC连接。例如,终端装接收第一通信装置的第一同步信号,继而与第一通信装置建立RRC连接,终端装置接收第二通信装置的第二同步信号,不与第二通信装置建立RRC连接。与终端装置建立RRC连接的通信装置也可以称为主通信装置(例如主卫星装置);其他没有与终端装置建立RRC连接的通信装置,但是终端装置维持了该通信装置的下行同步,这些通信装置可以称为辅通信装置(例如辅卫星装置)。由于终端装置只与第一通信装置建立RRC连接,因此该方案可以降低终端装置侧的方案复杂度。又由于终端装置可以与多个通信装置进行同步,因此终端装置可以对来自多个通信装置在相同资源上发送的数据进行解码,继而恢复出多个通信装置中每个通信装置发送的数据。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can maintain synchronization with multiple communication devices, but the terminal device can establish an RRC connection with the first communication device, and does not need to establish an RRC connection with other communication devices. For example, the terminal device receives the first synchronization signal of the first communication device, and then establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device. The terminal device receives the second synchronization signal of the second communication device, and does not establish an RRC connection with the second communication device. The communication device that establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device can also be called a primary communication device (such as a primary satellite device); other communication devices that do not establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, but the terminal device maintains the downlink synchronization of the communication device, can be called secondary communication devices (such as secondary satellite devices). Since the terminal device only establishes an RRC connection with the first communication device, this solution can reduce the complexity of the solution on the terminal device side. Since the terminal device can synchronize with multiple communication devices, the terminal device can decode the data sent from multiple communication devices on the same resources, and then recover the data sent by each of the multiple communication devices.
步骤502,终端装置向第一通信装置发送第二信息。Step 502: The terminal device sends second information to the first communication device.
相对应的,第一通信装置接收第二信息。Correspondingly, the first communication device receives the second information.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二信息可以包括以下信息B1(用于指示终端装置支持第一数据传输方式的信息)和/或信息B2(用于指示终端装置支持的在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的多个通信装置的数量的信息)。In one possible implementation, the second information may include the following information B1 (information used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode) and/or information B2 (information used to indicate the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resources).
信息B1,用于指示终端装置支持第一数据传输方式的信息。Information B1 is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一数据传输方式包括多个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据。多个通信装置中的两个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值可能小于、等于或大于循环前缀。本申请实施例中第一数据传输方式也可以替换为其他名字,例如可以替换为:数据传输方式、信号传输方式、信息传输方式、传输方式、多星联合传输方式、或多小区联合传输方式等。In one possible implementation, the first data transmission mode includes multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resources. The difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources may be less than, equal to, or greater than the cyclic prefix. In the embodiment of the present application, the first data transmission mode may also be replaced by other names, for example, it may be replaced by: data transmission mode, signal transmission mode, information transmission mode, transmission mode, multi-satellite joint transmission mode, or multi-cell joint transmission mode.
又一种可能的实施方式中,第一数据传输方式包括:多个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据,多个通信装置中的两个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀。该实施方式中,第一数据传输方式也可以替换为多星联合异步传输方式或多小区联合异步传输方式。本申请实施例中,多个通信装置中的任意两个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据可以承载相同的信息或承载不同的信息。In another possible implementation, the first data transmission mode includes: multiple communication devices sending data to the terminal device on the same resources, and the difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the data sent by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources is greater than the cyclic prefix. In this implementation, the first data transmission mode can also be replaced by a multi-satellite joint asynchronous transmission mode or a multi-cell joint asynchronous transmission mode. In an embodiment of the present application, the data sent by any two communication devices among the multiple communication devices to the terminal device on the same resources can carry the same information or carry different information.
支持第一数据传输方式的终端装置可能需要较高的缓存能力和较高的数据处理能力。终端装置支持第一数据传输方式可以替换为:终端装置支持异步干扰消除译码(例如SIC)。或者,终端装置支持第一数据传输方式可以替换/包括:终端装置在接收到来自多个通信装置在相同资源上发送的数据时,多个通信装置中的两个通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀的情况下,终端装置可以从接收到的数据中恢复出各个通信装置的数据。A terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may require a higher cache capacity and a higher data processing capacity. The terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may be replaced by: the terminal device supports asynchronous interference cancellation decoding (such as SIC). Alternatively, the terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode may be replaced by/include: when the terminal device receives data sent from multiple communication devices on the same resource, if the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent to the terminal device by two communication devices among the multiple communication devices on the same resource is greater than the cyclic prefix, the terminal device can recover the data of each communication device from the received data.
又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置支持第一数据传输方式还可以替换为:终端装置具有同时检测多个通信装置的同步信号的能力,并具有维持与多个通信装置定时同步的能力。当终端装置具备与多个通信装置定时同步的能力时,终端装置与多个通信装置维持定时同步(例如下行定时同步),继而终端装置可以接收多个通信装置在相同的资源上发送的不同的数据。In another possible implementation, the terminal device supporting the first data transmission mode can also be replaced by: the terminal device has the ability to simultaneously detect synchronization signals of multiple communication devices, and has the ability to maintain timing synchronization with multiple communication devices. When the terminal device has the ability to synchronize with multiple communication devices, the terminal device maintains timing synchronization (for example, downlink timing synchronization) with the multiple communication devices, and then the terminal device can receive different data sent by multiple communication devices on the same resources.
在第二信息包括用于指示终端装置支持第一数据传输方式的信息的情况下,第一通信装置可以基于第二信息的内容确定终端装置的能力,即终端装置是否支持第一数据传输方式。继而第一通信装置可以基于终端装置的能力为终端装置配置数据传输方式。例如第一通信装置可以为支持第一数据传输方式的终端装置配置多个通信装置在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据,以便提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或谱效。又例如,第一通信装置可以为不支持第一数据传输方式的终端装置配置单个通信装置的数据传输,以避免数据传输方式超过终端装置的能力,继而导致的数据传输失败情况的发生。In the case where the second information includes information indicating that the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode, the first communication device can determine the capabilities of the terminal device based on the content of the second information, that is, whether the terminal device supports the first data transmission mode. The first communication device can then configure the data transmission mode for the terminal device based on the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, the first communication device can configure multiple communication devices to transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources for a terminal device that supports the first data transmission mode, so as to improve the throughput and/or spectrum efficiency of the communication system. For another example, the first communication device can configure a single communication device to transmit data for a terminal device that does not support the first data transmission mode, so as to avoid the data transmission mode exceeding the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby causing data transmission failure.
信息B2,用于指示终端装置支持的在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的多个通信装置的数量的信息。Information B2 is used to indicate the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device that send data to the terminal device on the same resource.
第二信息可以指示终端装置支持的通信装置的数量,或最大数量。例如,信息B2指示数量为五。第一通信装置基于此可以确定终端装置最多可以支持五个通信装置在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据。五个通信装置中的两个通信装置(或任意两个通信装置)发送的数据可以相同或不同。例如五个通信装置发送的数据相同,又例如五个通信装置中的任意两个通信装置发送的数据不同。The second information may indicate the number of communication devices supported by the terminal device, or the maximum number. For example, information B2 indicates that the number is five. Based on this, the first communication device can determine that the terminal device can support a maximum of five communication devices to send data to the terminal device on the same resource. The data sent by two communication devices (or any two communication devices) among the five communication devices may be the same or different. For example, the data sent by the five communication devices is the same, and for example, the data sent by any two communication devices among the five communication devices is different.
在第二信息包括终端装置支持的在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的多个通信装置的数量的情况下,第一通信装置基于各个终端装置的能力为终端装置配置不同的数据传输方式。例如第一通信装置配置的用于在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的通信装置的数量可以不超过终端装置的能力范围,从而防止通信失败情况的发生。另一方面,当终端装置支持的通信装置的数量越多,第一通信装置可以为该终端装置配置的通信装置的数量也越多。可以看出,第一通信装置可以结合各个终端装置的能力灵活配置,从而可以使该方案可以更好的与不同能力的终端装置兼容,从而可以最大化的提高通信系统的吞吐量和/或通信谱效。In the case where the second information includes the number of multiple communication devices supported by the terminal device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource, the first communication device configures different data transmission modes for the terminal device based on the capabilities of each terminal device. For example, the number of communication devices configured by the first communication device for sending data to the terminal device on the same resource may not exceed the capability range of the terminal device, thereby preventing the occurrence of communication failures. On the other hand, the more communication devices supported by the terminal device, the more communication devices the first communication device can configure for the terminal device. It can be seen that the first communication device can be flexibly configured in combination with the capabilities of each terminal device, so that the solution can be better compatible with terminal devices of different capabilities, thereby maximizing the throughput and/or communication spectrum efficiency of the communication system.
终端装置发送第二信息可以属于终端装置进行能力上报。终端装置发送第二信息的时机有多种,例如,终端装置可以在接入系统过程中或完成初始接入后主动上报能力信息。又例如,第一通信装置向终端装置发送用于查询终端装置能力的信息,终端装置接收到该用于查询终端装置能力的信息后向第一通信装置发送第二信息。The terminal device sending the second information may be reporting the terminal device's capabilities. There are various opportunities for the terminal device to send the second information. For example, the terminal device may proactively report the capability information during system access or after completing initial access. For another example, a first communications device may send information to the terminal device to query the terminal device's capabilities. After receiving the information, the terminal device may send the second information to the first communications device.
步骤503,第一通信装置发送第一信息。Step 503: The first communication device sends first information.
相对应的,终端装置接收第一信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information.
步骤503的相关内容可以参见前述步骤201的相关描述,不再赘述。The relevant contents of step 503 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 201 and will not be repeated here.
第一信息中可以包括一个或多个通信装置的信息。第一信息中包括的一个通信装置的信息可以参见前述第二通信装置的信息的相关介绍。第一信息包括多个通信装置的信息的情况下,该多个通信装置的信息的类型可能相同,也可能不同。例如第一信息包括的通信装置#1的信息为通信装置#1的星历信息,第一信息包括的通信装置#2的信息为通信装置#2的同步信号的频点。The first information may include information about one or more communication devices. For information about a communication device included in the first information, refer to the aforementioned description of the information about the second communication device. When the first information includes information about multiple communication devices, the types of information about the multiple communication devices may be the same or different. For example, the information about communication device #1 included in the first information may be the ephemeris information of communication device #1, and the information about communication device #2 included in the first information may be the frequency of the synchronization signal of communication device #2.
第一信息中包括的通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的信息可以为第一通信装置为终端装置配置的候选的辅通信装置的信息。一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息指示的通信装置的数量不包括终端装置支持的通信装置的最大数量(例如前述第二信息指示的通信装置的数量)。如此,第一通信装置为终端装置配置的候选的辅通信装置的数量不会超出终端装置的能力,从而可以避免通信错误的发生。The information about the communication device (e.g., the second communication device) included in the first information may be information about candidate secondary communication devices configured by the first communication device for the terminal device. In one possible implementation, the number of communication devices indicated by the first information does not include the maximum number of communication devices supported by the terminal device (e.g., the number of communication devices indicated by the aforementioned second information). In this way, the number of candidate secondary communication devices configured by the first communication device for the terminal device does not exceed the terminal device's capabilities, thereby avoiding communication errors.
步骤504,终端装置发送第三信息。Step 504: The terminal device sends third information.
相对应的,第一通信装置接收第三信息。Correspondingly, the first communication device receives the third information.
第三信息指示以下至少一项:终端装置检测到至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的同步信号;终端装置与至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)建立下行定时同步。终端装置在接收到至少一个通信装置的同步信号后,或与至少一个通信装置建立下行定时同步后可以发送第三信息,以便向第一通信装置指示终端装置可以从哪些通信装置接收数据,继而使第一通信装置为终端装置配置可以在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据的通信装置,从而可以提高多个通信装置向终端装置发送数据的成功率。The third information indicates at least one of the following: the terminal device detecting a synchronization signal from at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device); or the terminal device establishing downlink timing synchronization with at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device). After receiving the synchronization signal from at least one communication device or establishing downlink timing synchronization with at least one communication device, the terminal device may transmit the third information to indicate to the first communication device which communication devices the terminal device can receive data from. This allows the first communication device to configure a communication device for the terminal device that can transmit data to the terminal device on the same resources, thereby improving the success rate of multiple communication devices transmitting data to the terminal device.
例如,第三信息可以包括以下至少一项:至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的信息对应的索引,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的标识,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的小区的标识。例如,第三信息包括第二通信装置的信息对应索引,第一通信装置可以根据第二通信装置的信息对应的索引查找索引和通信装置的关联关系(例如前述表1的关联关系),继而将该索引对应的通信装置(例如表1中索引关联的小区标识对应的通信装置)确定为终端装置检测到同步信号或建立下行定时同步的通信装置。该方案可以减少第三信息中的信息占用的比特,从而减少信令开销。For example, the third information may include at least one of the following: an index corresponding to the information of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device). For example, the third information includes an index corresponding to the information of the second communication device. The first communication device can search for the association between the index and the communication device (e.g., the association in Table 1 above) based on the index corresponding to the information of the second communication device, and then determine the communication device corresponding to the index (e.g., the communication device corresponding to the cell identifier associated with the index in Table 1) as the communication device that detects the synchronization signal or establishes downlink timing synchronization for the terminal device. This solution can reduce the bits occupied by the information in the third information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置在接收到第二通信装置的同步信号之后,可以对来自第二通信装置的信号进行测量,并得到测量结果信息。测量结果信息可以反映链路质量和/或信号质量等,例如,本申请实施例中的测量结果信息例如可以包括信号检测结果、链路质量、信道质量以及信号质量中的至少一项。例如测量结果信息可以包括信号与噪声功率比(signal to noise ratio,SNR)、比特能量与噪声功率谱密度比(Eb/N0)、参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)、信号与干扰噪声功率比(signal to interference plus noise power ratio,SINR)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)、接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)或解码性能(例如丢包率等)。链路质量可以通过测量结果信息确定(例如基于参考信号或数据信号),例如链路质量可以包括链路质量差或链路质量优等。例如,第三信息可以包括以下至少一项:至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的信息对应的索引,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的标识,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的小区的标识、至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的测量结果信息,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的链路质量。如此,第一通信装置可以知道通信装置对应的链路质量,继而可以在为终端装置配置辅通信装置时结合链路质量进行配置,例如可以配置链路质量较好的通信装置为辅通信装置,从而可以提高通信性能。In one possible implementation, after receiving the synchronization signal from the second communication device, the terminal device may measure the signal from the second communication device and obtain measurement result information. The measurement result information may reflect link quality and/or signal quality, etc. For example, the measurement result information in the embodiments of the present application may include at least one of a signal detection result, link quality, channel quality, and signal quality. For example, the measurement result information may include signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), bit energy to noise power spectral density ratio (Eb/N0), reference signal received power (RSRP), channel quality indicator (CQI), signal-to-interference plus noise power ratio (SINR), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), received signal strength indicator (RSSI), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), or decoding performance (e.g., packet loss rate). Link quality can be determined from the measurement result information (e.g., based on a reference signal or data signal). For example, the link quality can include poor link quality or excellent link quality. For example, the third information may include at least one of the following: an index corresponding to information of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), an identifier of a cell corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), measurement result information corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device), and a link quality corresponding to at least one communication device (e.g., a second communication device). In this way, the first communication device can know the link quality corresponding to the communication device, and then can configure the auxiliary communication device for the terminal device in combination with the link quality. For example, a communication device with better link quality can be configured as an auxiliary communication device, thereby improving communication performance.
又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置可以基于前述第一信息指示的至少一个通信装置的信息,对第一信息指示的至少一个通信装置的同步信号进行盲检。终端装置通过第三信息上报的通信装置属于第一信息指示的通信装置。In another possible implementation, the terminal device may perform blind detection on the synchronization signal of the at least one communication device indicated by the first information based on the information of the at least one communication device indicated by the first information. The communication device reported by the terminal device through the third information belongs to the communication device indicated by the first information.
步骤505,第一通信装置发送第四信息。Step 505: The first communication device sends fourth information.
相对应的,终端装置接收第四信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth information.
第四信息包括用于指示至少一个通信装置(该至少一个通信装置包括第二通信装置)的信息。例如,第四信息包括以下至少一项:至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的信息对应的索引,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的标识,以及至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的小区的标识。终端装置可以基于第四信息确定出第四信息指示的通信装置。The fourth information includes information indicating at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device). For example, the fourth information includes at least one of the following: an index corresponding to information of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), an identifier of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device). The terminal device can determine the communication device indicated by the fourth information based on the fourth information.
第四信息指示的通信装置可以理解为被激活的通信装置,或者被设置为辅通信装置的通信装置。The communication device indicated by the fourth information may be understood as an activated communication device, or a communication device set as a secondary communication device.
以第一通信装置至少将第二通信装置设置为辅卫星装置,或第一通信装置激活第二通信装置为例进行介绍。在该示例中,第四信息包括用于指示第二通信装置的信息。第四信息指示第二通信装置。或第四信息指示第一通信装置与第二通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据。第一通信装置与第二通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值可能大于、小于或等于循环前缀。This description uses the example of a first communication device configuring at least a second communication device as a secondary satellite device, or the first communication device activating the second communication device. In this example, the fourth information includes information indicating the second communication device. The fourth information indicates the second communication device. Alternatively, the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device are transmitting data to the terminal device using the same resource. The difference between the downlink timings corresponding to the data transmitted by the first and second communication devices to the terminal device using the same resource may be greater than, less than, or equal to the cyclic prefix.
又一种可能的实施方式中,第四信息指示第一通信装置与第二通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送数据,第一通信装置与第二通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据对应的下行定时之间的差值大于循环前缀。终端装置确定第四信息指示的通信装置为激活的通信装置(或该通信装置为辅通信装置,或该通信装置需要与第一通信装置在相同资源上传输数据的通信装置)。通过该方案可以看出,第一通信装置可以从终端装置能够接收到同步信号的通信装置中选择部分或全部通信装置作为辅通信装置(例如可以基于链路质量选择),以便后续与辅通信装置一起在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据。又一方面,该方案中由于第一通信装置可以选择辅通信装置进行激活,因此第一通信装置可以基于多种因素选择更加合适的通信装置作为辅通信装置,例如可以基于辅通信装置的负荷量和/或链路质量等信息选择辅通信装置,该方案可以提高通信性能。In another possible implementation, the fourth information indicates that the first communication device and the second communication device send data to the terminal device on the same resource, and the difference between the downlink timing corresponding to the data sent by the first communication device and the second communication device to the terminal device on the same resource is greater than the cyclic prefix. The terminal device determines that the communication device indicated by the fourth information is an activated communication device (or the communication device is an auxiliary communication device, or the communication device needs to be a communication device that transmits data on the same resource as the first communication device). It can be seen from this scheme that the first communication device can select some or all of the communication devices from the communication devices that the terminal device can receive the synchronization signal as auxiliary communication devices (for example, it can be selected based on link quality) so that it can subsequently send data to the terminal device on the same resource together with the auxiliary communication device. On the other hand, in this scheme, since the first communication device can select an auxiliary communication device for activation, the first communication device can select a more suitable communication device as an auxiliary communication device based on multiple factors. For example, the auxiliary communication device can be selected based on information such as the load amount and/or link quality of the auxiliary communication device. This scheme can improve communication performance.
又一种可能的实施方式中,第四信息还可以用于指示终端装置的数据处理方式。例如第四信息包括用于指示第一数据处理方式的信息。例如第四信息指示终端装置选择第一数据处理方式接收来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据。第一数据处理方式具有处理通过第一数据传输方式传输的数据的能力。第一数据处理方式例如可以包括前述图2的步骤205和/或图4所示的数据处理方式。第一数据处理方式可以替换为其他名字,例如可以替换为:数据处理方式、译码方式,或数据译码方式等。In another possible implementation, the fourth information may also be used to indicate a data processing mode of the terminal device. For example, the fourth information includes information indicating a first data processing mode. For example, the fourth information instructs the terminal device to select the first data processing mode to receive data from the first communication device and the second communication device. The first data processing mode has the ability to process data transmitted via the first data transmission mode. The first data processing mode may, for example, include step 205 of FIG. 2 and/or the data processing mode shown in FIG. 4 . The first data processing mode may be replaced by other names, such as a data processing mode, a decoding mode, or a data decoding mode.
举个例子,第四信息包括用于指示第二通信装置的信息。终端装置接收到该信息后,确定第一通信装置激活第二通信装置,且确定需通过第一数据处理方式接收来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据。For example, the fourth information includes information for indicating the second communication device. After receiving the information, the terminal device determines that the first communication device activates the second communication device and determines that data from the first communication device and the second communication device need to be received using the first data processing method.
在第四信息指示终端装置的数据处理方式的情况下,终端装置可以基于第四信息采用合适的数据处理方式对接收到的数据进行处理,继而可以提高数据正确接收的概率,从而提高通信性能。When the fourth information indicates the data processing method of the terminal device, the terminal device can process the received data using an appropriate data processing method based on the fourth information, thereby increasing the probability of correct data reception and thus improving communication performance.
步骤506,终端装置确定需维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。Step 506: The terminal device determines that it needs to maintain downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device.
在步骤506中,终端装置维护与第一通信装置的下行定时的同步,可能还维护至少一个通信装置(该至少一个通信装置包括第二通信装置)的下行定时的同步。In step 506 , the terminal device maintains synchronization with the downlink timing of the first communication device, and may also maintain synchronization with the downlink timing of at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device).
一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置可以确定出第四信息指示的至少一个通信装置,终端装置维护下行定时同步的通信装置属于第四信息指示的至少一个通信装置。In a possible implementation, the terminal device may determine at least one communication device indicated by the fourth information, and the communication device for which the terminal device maintains downlink timing synchronization belongs to the at least one communication device indicated by the fourth information.
终端装置维护与第二通信装置的下行定时同步:可以替换为终端装置可以持续跟踪第二通信装置的同步信号;或替换为持续接收第二通信装置的同步信号;或替换为终端装置确定通信装置发送的帧的帧边界。The terminal device maintains downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device: it can be replaced by the terminal device being able to continuously track the synchronization signal of the second communication device; or replaced by continuously receiving the synchronization signal of the second communication device; or replaced by the terminal device determining the frame boundary of the frame sent by the communication device.
步骤507,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送用于指示第一区域的信息。Step 507: The first communication device sends information indicating the first area to the second communication device.
相对应的,第二通信装置接收用于指示第一区域的信息。Correspondingly, the second communication device receives information indicating the first area.
终端装置位于第一区域。用于指示第一区域的信息包括:第一区域内的波位信息,和/或,终端装置的位置信息。终端装置的位置信息例如可以包括终端装置所在位置在坐标系下的坐标,或者包括该终端装置的行政位置,例如位于哪个道路的几号等。波位可以理解为地面上划分的位置区域,波位信息例如可以包括用于标识波位的信息,例如波位的标识等。关于波位和区域的相关内容参见前述描述,不再赘述。The terminal device is located in the first area. The information used to indicate the first area includes: the wave position information within the first area, and/or the location information of the terminal device. The location information of the terminal device may, for example, include the coordinates of the location of the terminal device in a coordinate system, or include the administrative location of the terminal device, such as which road number it is located on. The wave position can be understood as a location area divided on the ground. The wave position information may include, for example, information for identifying the wave position, such as the wave position identifier. For the relevant content about the wave position and area, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated here.
第二通信装置收到用于指示第一区域的信息之后,可以确定终端装置所在的区域,继而可以向该区域发送同步信号,以便后续使终端装置维持与第二通信装置的同步。After receiving the information indicating the first area, the second communication device may determine the area where the terminal device is located, and then may send a synchronization signal to the area, so that the terminal device can subsequently maintain synchronization with the second communication device.
步骤508,第二通信装置向第一区域发送第二同步信号。Step 508: The second communication device sends a second synchronization signal to the first area.
相对应的,终端装置接收第二同步信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second synchronization signal.
第二通信装置可以在接收到用于指示第一区域的信息后向第一区域发送同步信号,用于指示第一区域的信息可以用于使第二通信装置向第一区域发送同步信号。在步骤508中,第二通信装置向第一区域发送第二同步信号可以包括:第二通信装置以较短的周期时长(例如第一时长)周期性的向第一区域发送第二同步信号。或者,第二通信装置向第一区域发送第二同步信号可以包括:第二通信装置持续的向第一区域发送第二同步信号。或者,第二通信装置向第一区域发送第二同步信号可以包括:第二通信装置以较高的频率(例如第一频率)向第一区域发送第二同步信号。The second communication device may send a synchronization signal to the first area after receiving the information indicating the first area, and the information indicating the first area may be used to enable the second communication device to send a synchronization signal to the first area. In step 508, the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device periodically sends the second synchronization signal to the first area with a shorter period duration (e.g., the first period duration). Alternatively, the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device continuously sends the second synchronization signal to the first area. Alternatively, the second communication device sending the second synchronization signal to the first area may include: the second communication device sends the second synchronization signal to the first area at a higher frequency (e.g., the first frequency).
本申请实施例中,第二通信装置在接收到用于指示第一区域的信息之前,可能没有向第一区域发送过同步信号。该实施方式中,前述步骤504可以不执行。In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may not have sent a synchronization signal to the first area before receiving the information indicating the first area. In this embodiment, the aforementioned step 504 may not be performed.
或者,第二通信装置在接收到用于指示第一区域的信息之前,可能就已经向第一区域发送过同步信号。但是在步骤508之前第二通信装置向第一区域发送同步信号的次数可能较少,或者第二通信装置向第一区域发送的同步信号的周期时长可能较长(例如以第二时长为周期发送同步信号,第二时长大于第一时长),或者第二通信装置向第一区域发送的同步信号的频率较低(例如第二频率,第二频率小于第一频率)。Alternatively, the second communication device may have already sent a synchronization signal to the first area before receiving the information indicating the first area. However, before step 508, the second communication device may have sent a synchronization signal to the first area less frequently, or the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device to the first area may have a longer period (e.g., the synchronization signal is sent at a second period, where the second period is greater than the first period), or the synchronization signal sent by the second communication device to the first area may have a lower frequency (e.g., a second frequency, where the second frequency is less than the first frequency).
举个例子,第二通信装置在步骤508之前以较长的第二时长为周期周期性向第一区域发送同步信号,第二时长大于第一时长。在步骤508中,第二通信装置则基于接收到的用于指示第一区域的信息,可以以较短的第一时长为周期周期性的向终端装置所在区域(即第一区域)发送同步信号。For example, the second communication device periodically sends a synchronization signal to the first area with a longer second duration before step 508, and the second duration is greater than the first duration. In step 508, the second communication device may periodically send a synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located (i.e., the first area) with a shorter first duration based on the received information indicating the first area.
步骤508的相关内容可以参见前述步骤202的相关描述,例如终端装置可以基于第一信息接收第二同步信号,相关内容不再赘述。The relevant contents of step 508 may refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 202. For example, the terminal device may receive the second synchronization signal based on the first information, and the relevant contents will not be repeated here.
步骤507和步骤508可以在步骤505或步骤506之前执行,如此,终端装置接收到第四信息之后可以持续接收第二通信装置的同步信号。或者,步骤507和步骤508可以在步骤505或步骤506之后执行,终端装置基于第四信息确定需要维护第二通信装置的下行定时同步之后,可以持续搜索第二通信装置的同步信号,直至搜索成功。Steps 507 and 508 may be performed before step 505 or step 506. In this way, the terminal device may continue to receive the synchronization signal of the second communication device after receiving the fourth information. Alternatively, steps 507 and 508 may be performed after step 505 or step 506. After the terminal device determines based on the fourth information that it is necessary to maintain downlink timing synchronization of the second communication device, it may continue to search for the synchronization signal of the second communication device until the search is successful.
步骤509,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据。Step 509: The first communication device sends the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to the second communication device.
相对应的,第二通信装置接收第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据。Correspondingly, the second communication device receives the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
本申请实施例中,第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据也可以是第二通信装置从其他装置获取的。例如,第一资源的配置信息可以是其他网络装置发送给第二通信装置的。又例如,第二数据可以是其他网络装置发送给第二通信装置的。在图5中以第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据为例进行示意。In embodiments of the present application, the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data may also be obtained by the second communication device from another device. For example, the configuration information of the first resource may be sent by another network device to the second communication device. In another example, the second data may be sent by another network device to the second communication device. Figure 5 illustrates an example of a first communication device sending the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to a second communication device.
在第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一资源的配置信息的情况下,第二通信装置可以基于第一资源的配置信息确定第一资源,继而在第一资源上向终端装置发送数据。该方案中,第一通信装置可以直接确定哪些资源作为多个通信装置发送数据所共同使用的资源,该方案可以降低第一通信装置的方案的复杂度。When a first communication device sends configuration information about a first resource to a second communication device, the second communication device can determine the first resource based on the configuration information and then send data to the terminal device on the first resource. In this solution, the first communication device can directly determine which resources are used in common by multiple communication devices to transmit data, which can reduce the complexity of the solution for the first communication device.
在第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第二数据的情况下,第一通信装置可以分配其他通信装置向终端装置发送的数据。例如第一通信装置可以基于工作负荷量,链路质量等因素更加合理的分配各个通信装置向终端装置发送的数据,从而提高通信性能。When a first communication device transmits second data to a second communication device, the first communication device may distribute data transmitted by other communication devices to the terminal device. For example, the first communication device may more reasonably distribute data transmitted by each communication device to the terminal device based on factors such as workload and link quality, thereby improving communication performance.
步骤510,第一通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第一数据。Step 510: The first communication device sends first data to the terminal device on a first resource.
相对应的,终端装置接收第一数据。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first data.
步骤510的相关内容可以参见前述步骤203的相关描述,不再赘述。The relevant contents of step 510 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 203 and will not be repeated here.
步骤511,第二通信装置在第一资源上向终端装置发送第二数据。Step 511: The second communication device sends second data to the terminal device on the first resource.
相对应的,终端装置接收第二数据。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data.
步骤511的相关内容可以参见前述步骤204的相关描述,不再赘述。The relevant contents of step 511 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 204 and will not be repeated here.
步骤512,终端装置获取第一数据和第二数据。Step 512: The terminal device obtains the first data and the second data.
步骤512的相关内容可以参见前述步骤205的相关描述,不再赘述。The relevant content of step 512 can be found in the relevant description of the aforementioned step 205 and will not be repeated here.
步骤513,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第六信息。Step 513: The first communication device sends sixth information to the second communication device.
相对应的,第二通信装置接收第六信息。Correspondingly, the second communication device receives the sixth information.
第六信息用于指示第二通信装置停止通过与第一通信装置在相同的资源向终端装置发送数据。The sixth information is used to instruct the second communication device to stop sending data to the terminal device through the same resource as the first communication device.
第六信息还用于第二通信装置停止向终端装置所在区域发送同步信号。The sixth information is also used for the second communication device to stop sending the synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located.
第二通信装置接收到第六信息之后,可以停止向第一区域发送同步信号,也可能仍旧继续向第一区域发送同步信号。After receiving the sixth information, the second communication device may stop sending the synchronization signal to the first area, or may continue sending the synchronization signal to the first area.
例如,第二通信装置接收到第六信息之后,停止以较短的时长(例如第一时长)为周期向第一区域发送同步信号,而是以较长的时长(例如第二时长)为周期向第一区域发送同步信号。For example, after receiving the sixth information, the second communication device stops sending the synchronization signal to the first area with a shorter duration (such as the first duration) as a cycle, and instead sends the synchronization signal to the first area with a longer duration (such as the second duration) as a cycle.
又例如,第二通信装置接收到第六信息之后,停止以较高的频率(例如第一频率)向第一区域发送同步信号,而是以较低的频率(例如第二频率)向第一区域发送同步信号。For another example, after receiving the sixth information, the second communication device stops sending the synchronization signal to the first area at a higher frequency (eg, the first frequency), and instead sends the synchronization signal to the first area at a lower frequency (eg, the second frequency).
以上这些方案可以降低第二通信装置的功耗,而且也可以降低通信装置侧方案执行的复杂度。The above solutions can reduce the power consumption of the second communication device and also reduce the complexity of implementing the solutions on the communication device side.
步骤514,第一通信装置发送第五信息。Step 514: The first communication device sends fifth information.
相对应的,终端装置接收第五信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fifth information.
第五信息包括用于指示至少一个通信装置(该至少一个通信装置包括第二通信装置)的信息。例如,第五信息包括:至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的信息对应的索引,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的标识,至少一个通信装置(例如第二通信装置)对应的小区的标识。终端装置可以基于第五信息确定出第五信息指示的通信装置。The fifth information includes information indicating at least one communication device (the at least one communication device includes the second communication device). For example, the fifth information includes: an index corresponding to the information of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), an identifier of the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device), and an identifier of a cell corresponding to the at least one communication device (e.g., the second communication device). The terminal device can determine the communication device indicated by the fifth information based on the fifth information.
第五信息指示的通信装置可以理解为被去激活的通信装置,或者不再属于辅通信装置的通信装置。The communication device indicated by the fifth information may be understood as a deactivated communication device, or a communication device that no longer belongs to a secondary communication device.
以第一通信装置至少去激活第二通信装置,或第一通信装置确定第二通信装置不再属于辅通信装置为例进行介绍。在该示例中,第五信息包括用于指示第二通信装置的信息。第五信息指示第二通信装置。或第五信息指示第二通信装置停止与第一通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据。This description uses the example of a first communication device deactivating at least a second communication device, or the first communication device determining that the second communication device is no longer a secondary communication device. In this example, the fifth information includes information indicating the second communication device. The fifth information instructs the second communication device. Alternatively, the fifth information instructs the second communication device to stop transmitting data to the terminal device using the same resources as the first communication device.
又一种可能的实施方式中,第五信息还可以用于指示终端装置的数据处理方式。例如第五信息指示终端装置停止使用第一数据处理方式接收来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据。第一数据处理方式例如可以包括前述图2的步骤205和/或图4所示的数据处理方式。举个例子,第五信息包括用于指示第二通信装置的信息。终端装置接收到该信息后,确定第一通信装置去激活第二通信装置,且确定停止通过第一数据处理方式接收来自第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数据。In another possible implementation, the fifth information may also be used to indicate a data processing mode for the terminal device. For example, the fifth information instructs the terminal device to stop using the first data processing mode to receive data from the first communication device and the second communication device. The first data processing mode may, for example, include step 205 of FIG. 2 and/or the data processing mode shown in FIG. 4 . For example, the fifth information includes information indicating the second communication device. After receiving this information, the terminal device determines that the first communication device has deactivated the second communication device and determines to stop receiving data from the first communication device and the second communication device using the first data processing mode.
终端装置接收到第五信息之后,可以停止维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步(例如停止去搜索第二通信装置发送的同步信号,又例如停止去确定第二通信装置发送的信息的帧边界)。从而可以降低方案的复杂度。After receiving the fifth information, the terminal device may stop maintaining downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device (e.g., stop searching for a synchronization signal sent by the second communication device, or stop determining frame boundaries of information sent by the second communication device). This can reduce the complexity of the solution.
本申请实施例中,终端装置接收到第五信息之后,可以确定第一通信装置停止与第一通信装置在相同资源上向终端装置发送的数据。但是第一通信装置可能还会单独向终端装置发送数据,或者也有可能第二通信装置会单独向终端装置发送数据,或者第一通信装置与除第二通信装置之外的通信装置在相同的资源上向终端装置发送数据,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device receives the fifth information, it can determine that the first communication device has stopped transmitting data to the terminal device on the same resource as the first communication device. However, the first communication device may continue to transmit data to the terminal device independently, or the second communication device may continue to transmit data to the terminal device independently, or the first communication device and a communication device other than the second communication device may transmit data to the terminal device on the same resource, and this embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
本申请实施例中第一通信装置需要发送的信息(比如第四信息、用于指示第一区域的信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第一资源的配置信息、第五信息、或第六信息中的一个或多个)可以承载于系统信息块(system information block,SIB)1、其他系统消息(other system information,OSI)、主系统信息块(mater information block,MIB)等的广播信息中的至少一种,由第一通信装置向终端装置广播或组播发送。如此可以避免为了发送上述信令而对不同终端装置调度不同资源,从而可以节省调度资源的信令开销和降低系统调度复杂度。In the embodiment of the present application, the information that the first communication device needs to send (such as the fourth information, the information indicating the first area, the configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) can be carried in at least one of the broadcast information such as system information block (SIB) 1, other system information (OSI), and master system information block (MIB), and broadcast or multicasted by the first communication device to the terminal device. This can avoid scheduling different resources for different terminal devices in order to send the above-mentioned signaling, thereby saving the signaling overhead of scheduling resources and reducing the complexity of system scheduling.
又一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一通信装置在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)建立连接阶段以及后续通信过程中发送信息(比如第四信息、用于指示第一区域的信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第一资源的配置信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第二数据、第五信息、或第六信息中的一个或多个),则这些信息可以承载于RRC信令(例如,RRC建立(RRC setup)消息、RRC重配信令(RRC reconfiguration)、RRC恢复信令(RRC resume)等)、下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、组DCI、介质访问控制(media access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)中的至少一种,这些信息可以通过信令或通过表格方式进行指示。或者第一通信装置需要发送的信息(比如第四信息、用于指示第一区域的信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第一资源的配置信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第二数据、第五信息、或第六信息中的一个或多个)可以随数据传输或在单独分配的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)中承载。第一通信装置需要指示的信息(比如第四信息、用于指示第一区域的信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第一资源的配置信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第二数据、第五信息、或第六信息中的一个或多个)可以通过单播或组播发送。如此,可以灵活控制每个/每组终端装置对应的这些信息。In another possible implementation, if the first communication device sends information (such as the fourth information, information indicating the first area, configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the second data sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) during the radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment phase and subsequent communication process, then this information can be carried in RRC signaling (for example, RRC establishment (RRC setup) message, RRC reconfiguration signaling (RRC reconfiguration), RRC resume signaling (RRC resume) etc.), downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), group DCI, media access control (MAC) control element (CE) control element, and at least one of these information can be indicated through signaling or in a table. Alternatively, the information that the first communication device needs to send (such as the fourth information, information indicating the first area, configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, second data sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) can be carried along with the data transmission or in a separately allocated physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The information that the first communication device needs to indicate (such as the fourth information, information indicating the first area, configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, second data sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) can be sent via unicast or multicast. In this way, the information corresponding to each/each group of terminal devices can be flexibly controlled.
可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,第一通信装置、第二通信装置和终端装置可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It is understandable that in order to implement the functions in the above embodiments, the first communication device, the second communication device, and the terminal device may include hardware structures and/or software modules that perform the corresponding functions. Those skilled in the art should readily appreciate that, in combination with the units and method steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed in this application, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in hardware or in a manner driven by computer software depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
图6、图7和图8为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。图6、图7和图8所示的这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E、图1F或图1G所示的终端设备,也可以是如图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E、图1F或图1G所示的网络设备(比如卫星装置,或部署于地面的网络设备),还可以是应用于图1A、图1B、图1C、图1D、图1E、图1F或图1G所示的终端设备或网络设备的芯片(或芯片系统)。Figures 6, 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of the structures of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application. These communication devices shown in Figures 6, 7 and 8 can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first communication device or the second communication device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects possessed by the above-mentioned method embodiment. In an embodiment of the present application, the communication device can be a terminal device as shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G, or a network device as shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G (such as a satellite device, or a network device deployed on the ground), or a chip (or chip system) applied to the terminal device or network device shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F or 1G.
如图6所示,通信装置1300包括处理单元1310和收发单元1320。通信装置1300用于实现上述图2中所示的方法实施例中终端装置、第一通信装置或第二通信装置的功能。收发单元1320也可以称为通信单元。收发单元1320可以包括发送单元和接收单元。As shown in Figure 6, communication device 1300 includes a processing unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320. Communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first communication device, or the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2. Transceiver unit 1320 may also be referred to as a communication unit. Transceiver unit 1320 may include a transmitting unit and a receiving unit.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一信息,基于第一信息接收来自第二通信装置的第二同步信号,接收第三数据。处理单元1310用于从第三数据中获取第一数据和第二数据。When communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of a terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in one possible implementation, transceiver unit 1320 is configured to receive first information from a first communication device, receive a second synchronization signal from a second communication device based on the first information, and receive third data. Processing unit 1310 is configured to obtain the first data and the second data from the third data.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于向第一通信装置发送第二信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the second information to the first communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于发送第三信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the third information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第四信息。处理单元1310用于基于第四信息,维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the fourth information. The processing unit 1310 is used to maintain downlink timing synchronization with the second communication device based on the fourth information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第五信息。处理单元1310用于停止维护与第二通信装置的下行定时的同步。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the fifth information. The processing unit 1310 is used to stop maintaining synchronization with the downlink timing of the second communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于与第一通信装置建立RRC连接。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in one possible implementation, the processing unit 1310 is used to establish an RRC connection with the first communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于发送第一信息,在第一资源上向终端装置发送第一数据。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the first information and send the first data to the terminal device on the first resource.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于向第二通信装置发送第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data to the second communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于向第二通信装置发送用于指示第一区域的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send information indicating the first area to the second communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于向第二通信装置发送第六信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the sixth information to the second communication device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第二信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the second information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第三信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the third information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于发送第四信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the fourth information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于发送第五信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send the fifth information.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于与终端装置建立RRC连接。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in one possible implementation, the processing unit 1310 is used to establish an RRC connection with the terminal device.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于发送第二同步信号,在第一资源上向终端装置发送第二数据。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to send a second synchronization signal and send second data to the terminal device on the first resource.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第一资源的配置信息和/或第二数据。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive configuration information of the first resource and/or the second data.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收用于指示第一区域的信息,向第一区域发送第二同步信号。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive information indicating the first area and send a second synchronization signal to the first area.
当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图5所示的方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,收发单元1320用于接收第六信息。处理单元1310用于停止向终端装置所在区域发送第二同步信号。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5, in one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1320 is used to receive the sixth information. The processing unit 1310 is used to stop sending the second synchronization signal to the area where the terminal device is located.
有关上述处理单元1310和收发单元1320更详细的描述可以参考图2或图5所示的方法实施例中相关描述。For a more detailed description of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320 , reference may be made to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 .
如图7所示,通信装置1400包括处理器1410和接口电路1420。处理器1410和接口电路1420之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路1420可以为收发器或输入输出接口。其中输入输出接口用于输入和/或输出信息,输出可以理解为发送,输入可以理解为接收。可选的,通信装置1400还可以包括存储器1430,用于存储处理器1410执行的指令或存储处理器1410运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1410运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in Figure 7, communication device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and an interface circuit 1420. Processor 1410 and interface circuit 1420 are coupled to each other. It will be understood that interface circuit 1420 can be a transceiver or an input/output interface. The input/output interface is used to input and/or output information, where output can be understood as sending and input can be understood as receiving. Optionally, communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1430 for storing instructions executed by processor 1410, or storing input data required by processor 1410 to execute instructions, or storing data generated after processor 1410 executes instructions.
当通信装置1400用于实现图2或图5所示的方法时,处理器1410用于实现上述处理单元1310的功能,接口电路1420用于实现上述收发单元1320的功能。When the communication device 1400 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , the processor 1410 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1310 , and the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1320 .
请参阅图8,图8所示的通信装置也可以为一种基带的可能的架构示意图。如图8所示,该通信装置可以包括处理系统,该处理系统可以包括一个或多个处理器,处理器可以用于执行进程,例如图8中所示的进程#1…进程#N。Referring to Figure 8 , the communication device shown in Figure 8 may also be a schematic diagram of a possible baseband architecture. As shown in Figure 8 , the communication device may include a processing system, which may include one or more processors, which may be configured to execute processes, such as process #1 through process #N shown in Figure 8 .
处理系统可以用总线体系结构实现,通常由总线表示。总线可以包括任何数量的互连总线和桥,这取决于处理系统的具体应用和总体设计约束。总线通信地将各种电路耦合在一起,包括一个或多个处理器(通常由处理器表示)、存储器和计算机可读介质(通常由计算机可读介质表示,例如图8中所示的计算机可读介质#1…计算机可读介质#N。)。总线还可以链接各种其他电路,如定时源、外设、电压调节器和电源管理电路,这些电路在本领域中是众所周知的,因此,将不再进一步描述。总线接口提供总线和收发器之间以及总线和接口之间的接口。A processing system can be implemented using a bus architecture, typically represented by a bus. The bus can include any number of interconnecting buses and bridges, depending on the specific application and overall design constraints of the processing system. The bus communicatively couples various circuits together, including one or more processors (typically represented by a processor), memory, and computer-readable media (typically represented by computer-readable media, such as computer-readable media #1...computer-readable media #N shown in Figure 8). The bus can also link various other circuits, such as timing sources, peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further. The bus interface provides an interface between the bus and transceivers, and between the bus and the interface.
通信装置还可以包括收发器(图8中未示出),收发器也可以替换为接口电路或通信接口等。收发器提供用于通过无线传输介质与各种其他装置通信的通信接口或装置。收发器可以耦合到天线阵列,并且收发器和天线阵列可以一起用于与相应的网络类型通信。至少一个接口(例如,网络接口和/或用户接口)提供通信接口或装置,用于通过内部总线或经由外部传输介质。The communication device may further include a transceiver (not shown in FIG8 ), which may also be replaced by an interface circuit or a communication interface, etc. The transceiver provides a communication interface or device for communicating with various other devices via a wireless transmission medium. The transceiver may be coupled to an antenna array, and the transceiver and antenna array may be used together to communicate with the corresponding network type. At least one interface (e.g., a network interface and/or a user interface) provides a communication interface or device for communicating via an internal bus or via an external transmission medium.
处理器负责管理总线和一般处理,包括执行存储在计算机可读介质上的软件。当由处理器执行该软件时,该软件使处理系统执行下面针对任何特定设备所描述的各种功能。处理器、存储器和计算机可读介质可实现的功能可以包括:编码、解码、速率匹配、解速率匹配、加扰、解扰、调制、解调、层映射、快速傅里叶变换(fast fourier transform,FFT)、逆快速傅里叶变换(inverse fast fourier transform,IFFT)、离散傅里叶逆变换(inverse discrete fourier transform,IDFT)、预编码、资源元素(resource element,RE)映射、信道均衡、解RE映射、数字波束成形(beam forming,BF)、添加CP、去CP等等中的一项或多项。The processor is responsible for managing the bus and general processing, including executing software stored on a computer-readable medium. When the software is executed by the processor, the software causes the processing system to perform various functions described below for any specific device. The functions that can be implemented by the processor, memory, and computer-readable medium may include: encoding, decoding, rate matching, rate dematching, scrambling, descrambling, modulation, demodulation, layer mapping, fast Fourier transform (FFT), inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT), inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), precoding, resource element (RE) mapping, channel equalization, RE demapping, digital beamforming (BF), adding CP, removing CP, etc. One or more of the following.
本申请实施例中涉及到的信令(比如第四信息、用于指示第一区域的信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第一资源的配置信息、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送的第二数据、第五信息、或第六信息中的一个或多个)可以由处理器、存储器和计算机可读介质可实现。例如,第一通信装置(例如卫星装置)向终端装置发送的上述信令,由图8中的处理器、存储器和计算机可读介质对上述参数进行处理后,向终端装置发送。The signaling involved in the embodiments of the present application (such as the fourth information, the information for indicating the first area, the configuration information of the first resource sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the second data sent by the first communication device to the second communication device, the fifth information, or one or more of the sixth information) can be implemented by a processor, a memory, and a computer-readable medium. For example, the above-mentioned signaling sent by the first communication device (such as a satellite device) to the terminal device is sent to the terminal device after the processor, memory, and computer-readable medium in Figure 8 process the above-mentioned parameters.
当图8所示的通信装置用于实现图2或图5所示的方法时,处理器1410用于实现上述处理单元1310的功能,接口电路1420用于实现上述收发单元1320的功能。When the communication device shown in FIG. 8 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 , the processor 1410 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1310 , and the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1320 .
当上述通信装置(例如图6、图7或图8所示的通信装置)为应用于终端的芯片时,该终端芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端装置的功能。该终端芯片接收来自基站的信息,可以理解为该信息是先由终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收到的,然后再由这些模块发送给终端芯片。该终端芯片向基站发送信息,可以理解为该信息是先发送给终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线),然后再由这些模块向基站发送。When the above-mentioned communication device (such as the communication device shown in Figure 6, Figure 7 or Figure 8) is a chip applied to a terminal, the terminal chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment. The terminal chip receives information from the base station, which can be understood as the information being first received by other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the terminal chip by these modules. The terminal chip sends information to the base station, which can be understood as the information being first sent to other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the base station by these modules.
当上述通信装置(例如图6、图7或图8所示的通信装置)为应用于基站(例如卫星基站)的芯片时,该基站芯片实现上述方法实施例中网络装置的功能。该基站芯片接收来自终端的信息,可以理解为该信息是先由基站中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收到的,然后再由这些模块发送给基站芯片。该基站芯片向终端发送信息,可以理解为该信息是下发送给基站中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线),然后再由这些模块向终端发送。When the above-mentioned communication device (such as the communication device shown in Figure 6, Figure 7 or Figure 8) is a chip applied to a base station (such as a satellite base station), the base station chip implements the function of the network device in the above-mentioned method embodiment. The base station chip receives information from the terminal, which can be understood as the information being first received by other modules in the base station (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the base station chip by these modules. The base station chip sends information to the terminal, which can be understood as the information being sent to other modules in the base station (such as a radio frequency module or antenna) and then sent to the terminal by these modules.
在本申请中,实体A向实体B发送信息,可以是A直接向B发送,也可以是A经过其它实体间接地向B发送。同样的,实体B接收来自实体A的信息,可以是实体B直接接收实体A发送的信息,也可以是实体B通过其它实体间接地接收实体A发送的信息。这里的实体A和B可以是RAN节点或终端,也可以是RAN节点或终端内部的模块。信息的发送与接收可以是RAN节点与终端之间的信息交互,例如,基站与终端之间的信息交互;信息的发送与接收也可以是两个RAN节点之间的信息交互,例如CU和DU之间的信息交互;信息的发送与接收还可以是在一个装置内部不同模块之间的信息交互,例如,终端芯片与终端其它模块之间的信息交互,或者,基站芯片与该基站中其它模块之间的信息交互。In this application, when entity A sends information to entity B, it can be done directly from A to B or indirectly through another entity. Similarly, when entity B receives information from entity A, it can be done directly from entity B or indirectly through another entity. Entities A and B herein can be RAN nodes or terminals, or modules within a RAN node or terminal. The sending and receiving of information can be information exchange between a RAN node and a terminal, for example, between a base station and a terminal; the sending and receiving of information can also be information exchange between two RAN nodes, for example, between a CU and a DU; the sending and receiving of information can also be information exchange between different modules within a device, for example, between a terminal chip and other modules in the terminal, or between a base station chip and other modules within the base station.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器(例如图7中的处理器1410和/或图8中的处理系统中的处理器)可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application (e.g., the processor 1410 in FIG. 7 and/or the processor in the processing system in FIG. 8 ) may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以在硬件中实现,也可以在可由处理器执行的软件指令中实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于基站或终端中。处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于基站或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or in software instructions that can be executed by a processor. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, registers, hard disks, mobile hard disks, compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. The storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal. The processor and the storage medium can also exist in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented using software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions of the embodiments of the present application are performed. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device, or other programmable device. The computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transferred from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer program or instructions may be transferred from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, or magnetic tapes; optical media, such as digital video disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state drives. The computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or there is any logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced by each other. The technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。“包括A,B和C中的至少一个”可以表示:包括A;包括B;包括C;包括A和B;包括A和C;包括B和C;包括A、B和C。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "more" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/" indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in a "division" relationship. "Including at least one of A, B and C" can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种编号(比如数字编号“第一”“第二”,再比如字母编号“实施方式A1”、“实施方式B1”、“实施方式C1”等)仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It is understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of this application (such as the numerical numbers "first" and "second", and the letter numbers "Implementation A1", "Implementation B1", "Implementation C1", etc.) are only for the convenience of description and are not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of this application. The order of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.
Claims (44)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202410433055.5A CN120825724A (en) | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-11 | Communication method, device, storage medium and computer program product |
| CN202410433055.5 | 2024-04-11 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025213968A1 true WO2025213968A1 (en) | 2025-10-16 |
Family
ID=97349505
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2025/078892 Pending WO2025213968A1 (en) | 2024-04-11 | 2025-02-24 | Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120825724A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025213968A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114614875A (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2022-06-10 | 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 | Method and device for determining repeated transmission times, terminal and network equipment |
| WO2023130245A1 (en) * | 2022-01-05 | 2023-07-13 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Communication methods, terminal devices and network devices |
| CN117639881A (en) * | 2022-08-10 | 2024-03-01 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication methods and devices |
| WO2024045831A1 (en) * | 2022-08-30 | 2024-03-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and apparatus |
| CN117675144A (en) * | 2022-08-30 | 2024-03-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication methods and devices |
-
2024
- 2024-04-11 CN CN202410433055.5A patent/CN120825724A/en active Pending
-
2025
- 2025-02-24 WO PCT/CN2025/078892 patent/WO2025213968A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114614875A (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2022-06-10 | 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 | Method and device for determining repeated transmission times, terminal and network equipment |
| WO2023130245A1 (en) * | 2022-01-05 | 2023-07-13 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Communication methods, terminal devices and network devices |
| CN117639881A (en) * | 2022-08-10 | 2024-03-01 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication methods and devices |
| WO2024045831A1 (en) * | 2022-08-30 | 2024-03-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and apparatus |
| CN117675144A (en) * | 2022-08-30 | 2024-03-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication methods and devices |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120825724A (en) | 2025-10-21 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN115812288B (en) | Bandwidth partial handover by activation and signaling | |
| CN115396992B (en) | Paging method and communication device | |
| US20240049300A1 (en) | Random access method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
| WO2023116335A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| EP4543108A1 (en) | Method and device for deriving position information about network-based terminal in non-terrestrial network system | |
| US20240053484A1 (en) | Global navigation satellite system (gnss) position acquisition in connected mode | |
| WO2025016213A1 (en) | Handover method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2025213968A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| CN117256174A (en) | Methods and devices for controlling mobility | |
| WO2025223020A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatuses, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| EP4586718A1 (en) | Communication device, communication method, and communication system | |
| WO2025223019A1 (en) | Communication method and device, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| US20240224105A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal device and network device | |
| EP4560935A1 (en) | Method and device for transmitting data in non-terrestrial network | |
| CN121217179A (en) | A communication method, apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| WO2025228175A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025076699A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus, readable storage medium, and computer program product | |
| CN120379059A (en) | Communication method, apparatus, readable storage medium and computer program product | |
| CN121217178A (en) | A communication method, apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| WO2025076700A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, readable storage medium and computer program product | |
| WO2025195332A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| CN121037992A (en) | Communication method, device, storage medium and computer program product | |
| WO2025204980A1 (en) | Communication device, communication method, and program | |
| CN121217180A (en) | A communication method, apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product | |
| WO2025218673A1 (en) | Terminal positioning method and apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25785450 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |